Home

Draytek Vigor2930n

1. DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 172 16 3 229 192 168 1 10 Choose PC 2 o 172 16 3 89 hoose F WAN 2 Enable Private IP oO 59 Dray Tek 3 3 3 Open Ports Open Ports allows you to open a range of ports for the traffic of special applications Common application of Open Ports includes P2P application e g BT KaZaA Gnutella WinMX eMule and others Internet Camera etc Ensure that you keep the application involved up to date to avoid falling victim to any security exploits Click Open Ports to open the following page NAT gt gt Open Ports Open Ports Setup Setto Factory Default Index Comment WAN Interface Local IP Address Status ails i Z H a H 4 X 4 H 6 H g x sh ns 10 7 lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Index Indicate the relative number for the particular entry that you want to offer service in a local host You should click the appropriate index number to edit or clear the corresponding entry Comment Specify the name for the defined network service WAN Interface Display the WAN interface for the entry Local IP Address Display the private IP address of the local host offering the service Status Display the state for the corresponding entry X or V is to represent the Inactive or Active state To add or edit port settings click one index number on the page The index entry setup page will pop up In each index
2. Your reliable networking solutions partner User s Guide V2 0 Vigor2930 Series Dual WAN Security Firewall User s Guide Version 2 0 Firmware Version V3 3 0 Date 22 10 2010 Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The scope of delivery and other details are subject to change without prior notice Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Dr ay Te k ii Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Copyright Information Copyright Declarations Trademarks Copyright 2010 All rights reserved This publication contains information that is protected by copyright No part may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language without written permission from the copyright holders The following trademarks are used in this document Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp e Windows Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista and Explorer are trademarks of Microsoft Corp Apple an
3. Callback Function Callback Number Check to enable Callback function F Specify the callback number M check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget 30 minutecs OR Clear Cancel However if you have set several SSL Web Proxy Profiles in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Index JS 2 1 1 IS gt YIN Is Name gforge web portal webadmin portalmanager huagal URL htto swm draytek com htto weww draytek cam cn http www vigarpra cam htto www draytek cam cn admin http www vigarpro com manager http j www huagai com cn Setto Factory Default Active Z Z X amp pa The SSL Web Proxy profile names will be displayed together with check box as shown below Dray Tek 222 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Netbios Naming Packet pass Block SSL VPN C SSL Web Proxy F gforge SSL F web SSL F portal SSL F webadmin SSL F portalmanager SSL F huagai SSL 3 14 4 Online User Status If you have finished the configuration of SSL Web Proxy server users can find out corresponding settings when they access into Draytek SSL VPN portal interface Provide SSL WPH SSL Web Proxy SoL Tunnel logout J INFO Main Page id wee i 1 42 You have successfully logged in Welcome to DrayTek You are given the follawing privileges Sa wo SSL Web Proxy SSL Tunnel Timeout ater 5 min
4. Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 10 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 6 174 b4 Kbps 3 7114 64k bps G 729 B akKbns G 723 64kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet Th
5. Lien eyerela Ta Packets Rit Packets WAN IP Fixed 20409 15265 LAN Status Tool Setup Telnet Read outSetup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSTOEM Traditional Chinese Bag O0al 21 00a6 7c 00a9 63 Dss 61 O0ads2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00b3 33 00b9 31 OObaot Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol O 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule Accept large Some on line games for example Half Life will use lots of incoming fragmented UDP packets to transfer game data Instinctively as a secure firewall Vigor router will reject these fragmented packets to prevent attack unless you enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets By checking this box you can play these kinds of on line games If security concern is in higher priority you cannot enable Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP Packets Enable Transparent Check this box to enable transparent function for such router It Mode is not necessary for users to re organize the network or configure the subnet setting
6. No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Status on Backup Profile field v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name on Backup Profile field Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile Memberl1 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active on Backup Profile field Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type on Backup Profile field Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Member2 on Backup Profile field Display the dial out Dray Te k 148 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Load Balance Profile List igor2930 Series User s Guide profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one profile or more created in this page E hitp 192 168 1 1 YPN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name 071023 ERD Mode Normal O Recover Timer 3600 0 or 60 2147483647 O Resume Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Ba
7. 1 Agreement EGrerson al Information Draytek provides My Yvigor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use MyVigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the tems without any reasons tt is E Preferences suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use MyVigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service it means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement z please stop using My igor service completion 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service 3 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Register Create an account Please enter personal profile Fields marked by are required Account Information Gaareement UNan Mary Check Account 3 20 characters eooo Password a p el omm n 4 20 characters Do not set the same as the username ps papaa aii Confirm Password sooo J Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Email Address
8. 13 02 2008 tiy ineodection Vigor2110 series 3 3 0 25 06 2009 Datasheet Vigor2200 X WI E 2 3 11 22 09 2004 R amp TTE Certification Vigor2200Eplus 2 5 18 02 2009 i Vigor2200U SB 2 3 10 16 03 2005 3 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Utility menu and click it About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Utility Utility Downloads Tools Name Release Date Version os Support Model E Router Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows All Modules Driver Syslog Tools 2009 06 18 4 2 0 MS Windows XP All Modules MS Vista Utility VigorPro Alert Notice 2009 06 03 1 1 0 MS Windows XP VigorPro 100 series Utility Introduction Tools Multi MS Vista VigorPro 5500 series language VigorPro 5510 series Datasheet ee R amp TTE Certification Smart VPN Client 2009 05 25 3 6 3 MS Windows XP All Modules Multi MS Vista language Smart Monitor 2009 03 25 2 0 MS Windows XP Vigor2950 series 4 Click on the link of Router Tools to download the file After downloading the files please decompressed the file onto your host Dray Te k 268 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 5 Double click on the router tool icon The setup wizard will appear Sp Setup DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Welcome to the DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 Setup Wizard This will install DrayTek Router Tools 4 2 0 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before
9. Always On Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 IPSec Security Method User Name Password Remote Network IP igor2930 Series User s Guide Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANI First WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WANI WAN2 fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WANI Only WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Check to enable router always keep VPN connection IKE Authentication Method usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and IPSec tunnel Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Confirm the pre shared key Click Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Peer ID Choose the one you want Local ID Choose Alternative Subject Name First or Subject Name First Local Certificate Choos
10. Valid Ta Dray Te k 162 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 10 3 Certificate Backup Local certificate and Trusted CA certificate for this router can be saved within one file Please click Backup on the following screen to save them If you want to set encryption password for these certificates please type characters in both fields of Encrypt password and Retype password Also you can use Restore to retrieve these two settings to the router whenever you want Certificate Management gt gt Certificate Backup Certificate Backup Restoration Backup Encrypt password Po Confirm password fe Click to download certificates to your local PC as a file Restoration Select 4 backup file to restore ee ct Decrypt password Click to upload the file 3 11 VolP Voice over IP network VoIP enables you to use your broadband Internet connection to make toll quality voice calls over the Internet There are many different call signaling protocols methods by which VoIP devices can talk to each other The most popular protocols are SIP MGCP Megaco and H 323 These protocols are not all compatible with each other except via a soft switch server The Vigor V models support the SIP protocol as this is an ideal and convenient deployment for the ITSP Internet Telephony Service Provider and softphone and is widely supported SIP is an end to end signaling protocol that establishes user presence and mobility in VoIP structure Eve
11. Wireless technology now reaches or is capable of reaching virtually every location on the surface of the earth Hundreds of millions of people exchange information every day via wireless communication products The Vigor n model a k a Vigor wireless router is designed for maximum flexibility and efficiency of a small office home Any authorized staff can bring a built in WLAN client PDA or notebook into a meeting room for conference without laying a clot of LAN cable or drilling holes everywhere Wireless LAN enables high mobility so WLAN users can simultaneously access all LAN facilities just like on a wired LAN as well as Internet access The Vigor wireless routers are equipped with a wireless LAN interface compliant with the standard IEEE 802 11n protocol To boost its performance further the Vigor Router is also loaded with advanced wireless technology to lift up data rate up to 300 Mbps Hence you can finally smoothly enjoy stream music and video Note The actual data throughput will vary according to the network conditions and environmental factors including volume of network traffic network overhead and building materials In an Infrastructure Mode of wireless network Vigor wireless router plays a role as an Access Point AP connecting to lots of wireless clients or Stations STA All the STAs will share the same Internet connection via Vigor wireless router The General Settings will set up the information of this w
12. Default Ts Limit kbps Default R Limit Kbps 0 Unlimited O Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Index Start IF Specific Limitation TH limit Re limit Shared Starts end each OShared Tx Limit Kbps Rx Limit o Kbps 0 Unlimited Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored To activate the function of limit bandwidth simply click Enable and set the default upstream and downstream limit Enable Disable Default TX limit Default RX limit Allow auto adjustment to make the best utilization of available bandwidth Limitation List Start IP End IP igor2930 Series User s Guide Click this button to activate the function of limit bandwidth Click this button to close the function of limit bandwidth Define the default speed of the upstream for each computer in LAN Define the default speed of the downstream for each computer in LAN Router will detect if there is enough bandwidth remained for using according to the bandwidth limit set by the user If yes the router will adjust the available bandwidth for users to enhance the total utilization Display a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Define the start IP address for limit bandwidth Define the end IP address for limit bandwidth o Dray Tek Each Shared Select Each to make ea
13. If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above igor2930 Series User s Guide 249 Dray Tek 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username C PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel vJ Compression On off gocceccees IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify ISDN CLID or Remote YPN Gateway a y Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP IKE Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 210 O Digital Signature x 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type O ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password eececes C IPSec Tunnel YJ Compression on off C L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Ke Specify ISDN CLID or Remote VPN Gateway y Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 210 Digital Signature 509 or Peer ID IPSec Security Method
14. LAN NAT Firewall Objects Setting CSM Bandwidth Management Applications VPN and Remote Access Certificate Management VoIP ISDN SSL VPN System Maintenance Diagnostics All Rights Reserved System Status You logged in at 2010 10 11 02 13 27 last time from 192 168 1 10 Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigor2930VS v3 3 0 Wed Aug 11 18 50 1 1 2010 System CPU Usage Total Memory Memory usage 2 64M 12 LAN MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Yes Primary DNS Secondary DNS OO S0 7F C2 7F 48 255 255 255 0 VoIP Port Profile Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 S0O ISDN2 TE In Out 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Mode WAN 1 Connected OO SO 7F C2 7F 49 Static IP 172 16 3 102 172 16 3 1 168 95 1 1 NAT WAN 2 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Mode Disconnected 00 50 7F C2 7F 4A Note The home page will change slightly in accordance with the router you have Go to System Maintenance page and choose Administrator Password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password New Password Confirm Password Enter the login password the default
15. Please refer to the section 5 2 Please follow the steps below to ping the router correctly For Windows 1 Open the Command Prompt window from Start menu gt Run 2 Type command for Windows 95 98 ME or cmd for Windows NT 2000 XP Vista The DOS command dialog will appear w Command Prompt Microsoft Windows HP Version 5 1 2688 C Copyright 1985 2001 Microsoft Corp D Documents and Settings fae gt ping 192 168 1 1 Pinging 192 168 1 1 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt ims TTL 255 Ping statistics for 192 168 1 1 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lost A loss Approximate round trip times in milli seconds Minimum ms Maximum Ams Average Ams D Documents and Settings fae gt _ 3 Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of Reply from 192 168 1 1 bytes 32 time lt Ims TTL 255 will appear 4 Ifthe line does not appear please check the IP address setting of your computer For Mac OS Terminal Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop Open the Application folder and get into Utilities Double click Terminal The Terminal window will appear Type ping 192 168 1 1 and press Enter If the link is OK the line of 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 0 ttl 255 time xxxx ms will
16. Smurf attack Dray Te k 64 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 UDP flood attack 10 SYN fragment 3 ICMP flood attack 11 ICMP fragment 4 TCP Flag scan 12 Tear drop attack 5 Trace route 13 Fraggle attack 6 IP options 14 Ping of Death attack 7 Unknown protocol 15 TCP UDP port scan 8 Land attack Below shows the menu items for Firewall H General Setup P Filter Setup 3 4 2 General Setup General Setup allows you to adjust settings of IP Filter and common options Here you can enable or disable the Call Filter or Data Filter Under some circumstance your filter set can be linked to work in a serial manner So here you assign the Start Filter Set only Also you can configure the Log Flag settings Apply IP filter to VPN incoming packets and Accept incoming fragmented UDP packets Click Firewall and click General Setup to open the general setup page Firewall gt General Setup General Setup Call Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Data Filter Enable Start Filter Set Disable Actions for default rule Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Pass APP Enforcement URL Content Filter bp p Web Content Filter Advance Setting Accept large incoming fragmented UDP or ICMP packets for some games ex CS 3 Cl Enable Transparent mode Call Filter Check Enable to activate the Call Fil
17. Tx Pkts Rx Pkts Rx Losts Rx Jitter In Calls Out Calls Speaker Gain Log 3 12 ISDN 3 12 1 Basic Concept ALERTING Indicates that a call is coming ACTIVE Indicates that the VoIP connection is launched Indicates the voice codec employed by present channel The present in call or out call peer ID the format may be IP or Domain The format is represented as hours minutes seconds Total number of transmitted voice packets during this connection session Total number of received voice packets during this connection session Total number of lost packets during this connection session The jitter of received voice packets The accumulating in call times The accumulating out call times The volume of present call Display logs of VoIP calls ISDN means integrated services digital network that is an international communications standard for sending voice video and data over digital telephone lines or normal telephone wires Below shows the menu items for ISDN igor2930 Series User s Guide D Dray Tek 3 12 2 General Settings This web page allows you to enable ISDN function ISDN gt General Setup ISON Setup ISON Port Enable Disable Blocked MSN numbers for the router Country Code International w ifs Point to Point ISONI 7 Point to Multipoint PE ooo ene Point to Point Point to Multipoint sj Own Number means that the router will tell the remote end the ISO
18. VPN server 3 14 2 SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy will allow the remote users to access the internal web sites over SSL SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy SSL Web Proxy Servers Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Mame URL Active 1 x 2 W 3 w 4 H 5 W 6 w f W g W i w 10 H Name Display the name of the profile that you create URL Display the URL Active Display current status active or inactive of such profile Click number link under Index filed to set detailed configuration Dray Te K 220 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide SSL VPN gt SSL Web Proxy Profile Index 1 Host IP Address f Access Method Disable Note URL format must be http ip portidirgs 2 Ue Port Redirection 12 directory OK Clear Cancel Name Type name of the profile URL Type the address function variation or IP address or path of the proxy server Host IP Address If you type function variation as URL you have to type corresponding IP address in this filed Such field must match with URL setting Access Method There are three modes for you to choose Disable the profile will be inactive If you choose Disable all the web proxy profile appeared under VPN remote dial in web page will disappear Secured Port Redirection such technique applies private port mapping to random WAN port There are two restrictions for proxy web server for such selection 1 it is only used for WAN to LAN access the web server m
19. View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected S static R RIP default private sod 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 Want C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 3 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Want k Add Static Routes to Private and Public Networks Here is an example of setting Static Route in Main Router so that user A and B locating in different subnet can talk to each other via the router Assuming the Internet access has been configured and the router works properly use the Main Router to surf the Internet create a private subnet 192 168 10 0 using an internal Router A 192 168 1 2 create a public subnet 211 100 88 0 via an internal Router B 192 168 1 3 have set Main Router 192 168 1 1 as the default gateway for the Router A 192 168 1 2 Before setting Static Route user A cannot talk to user B for Router A can only forward recognized packets to its default gateway Main Router Internet Set Router Static Route 1924660 a Router 192 168 1 2 Gateway 192 168 1 Stic Priv 192 Go to LAN page and click General Setup select Ist Subnet as the RIP Protocol Control Then click the OK button igor2930 Series User s Guide 47 Dr ay Tek Note There are two reasons that we have to apply RIP Protocol Control on Ist Subnet The first is that the LAN interface can exchange RIP packets with the ne
20. blank and the function will always work Direction Set the direction of packet flow LAN gt WAN WAN gt SLAN It is for Data Filter only For the Call Filter this setting is not available since Call Filter is only applied to outgoing traffic Source Destination IP Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose the source destination IP or IP ranges igor2930 Series User s Guide 69 Dr ay Tek Service Type Dray Tek e IP Address Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer IP Address Edit Address Type Group and Objects Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection IP Group or IP Object or IP Object 1 RD Department or IP Object 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department To set the IP address manually please choose Any Address Single Address Range Address Subnet Address as the Address Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the IP range from defined groups or objects please choose Group and Objects as the Address Type Group and Objects Any Address single Address Range Address subnet Address Group and Objects From the IP Group drop down list choose the one that you want to apply Or use the IP Object drop down list to choose the object that you want Click Edit to access into the following dialog to choose a suitable service type e Service Type Edit Microsoft Internet Explorer Service Type Edit Service Type Group and Obj
21. firmware by using an example Note that this example is running over Windows OS Operating System Download the newest firmware from DrayTek s web site or FTP site The DrayTek web site is www draytek com or local DrayTek s web site and FTP site is ftp draytek com Click System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade to launch the Firmware Upgrade Utility System Maintenance gt gt Firmware Upgrade Web Firmware Upgrade Select a firmware file Browse Click Upgrade to upload the file Upgrade TFTP Firmware Upgrade from LAN Current Firmware Version v3 3 0 Firmware Upgrade Procedures Click OK to start the TFTP server Open the Firmware Upgrade Utility or other 3 party TFTP client software Check that the firmware filename is correct Click Upgrade on the Firmware Upgrade Utility to start the upgrade After the upgrade is compelete the TFTP server will automatically stop running Do you want to upgrade firmware aa eS Click OK The following screen will appear Please execute the firmware upgrade utility first System Maintenance gt Firmware Upgrade A TFTP server is running Please execute a Firmware Upgrade Utility software to Upgrade router s firmware This server will be clased by itself when the firmware Upgrading finished For the detailed information about firmware update please go to Chapter 4 3 15 10 Activation There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activat
22. mary_ted tech com Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 a Country SWITZERLAND v Career Supervisor vj 4 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile How did you find out about this website Internet w Gasreement What kind of anti virus do you use Antivir vv Denna would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter Information would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Global Server O compieion igor2930 Series User s Guide 281 Dr ay Ie k 5 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EFAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E rreferences AR 6 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This is an automated message trom myvigor draytek corn Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation link below to activate your account Link Activate my Account 7 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The f
23. 1 201 are reserved for ISDN remote dial in user 3 9 5 IPSec General Setup In IPSec General Setup there are two major parts of configuration There are two phases of IPSec gt Phase 1 negotiation of IKE parameters including encryption hash Diffie Hellman parameter values and lifetime to protect the following IKE exchange authentication of both peers using either a Pre Shared Key or Digital Signature x 509 The peer that starts the negotiation proposes all its policies to the remote peer and then remote peer tries to find a highest priority match with its policies Eventually to set up a secure tunnel for IKE Phase 2 gt Phase 2 negotiation IPSec security methods including Authentication Header AH or Encapsulating Security Payload ESP for the following IKE exchange and mutual examination of the secure tunnel establishment There are two encapsulation methods used in IPSec Transport and Tunnel The Transport mode will add the AH ESP payload and use original IP header to encapsulate the data payload only It can just apply to local packet e g L2TP over PSec The Tunnel mode will not only add the AH ESP payload but also use a new IP header Tunneled IP header to encapsulate the whole original IP packet Authentication Header AH provides data authentication and integrity for IP packets passed between VPN peers This is achieved by a keyed one way hash function to the packet to create a message digest This digest will be p
24. 48 MAC Address ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask DHCP Server Primary DNS Secondary DNS Port Profile Phoned Phone ISOM1 S0 ISDN2 TE 255 255 255 0 IP Address Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary ONS Mode NAT 172 16 3 102 172 16 3 1 168 95 1 1 Disconnected OO SO F Ce 7F 44 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary ONS Mode Wireless LAN MAC Address 00 50 7F C2 rF 48 Frequency Domain Europe In Out 00 00 00 00 Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time System CPU Usage Total Memory Memory Usage LAN MAC Address 1 IP Address Dray Tek Display the model name of the router Display the firmware version of the router Display the date and time of the current firmware build Display current usage of CPU Display the total memory of your hard disk Display current usage of memory Display the MAC address of the LAN Interface Display the IP address of the LAN interface 224 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 1 Subnet Mask DHCP Server DNS WANI WAN2 Link Status MAC Address Connection IP Address Default Gateway Wireless LAN MAC Address Frequency Domain Firmware Version igor2930 Series User s Guide Display the subnet mask address of the LAN interface Display the current status of DHCP server of the LAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the primary DNS
25. 600 and 86400 seconds Perfect Forward Secret PFS The IKE Phase 1 key will be reused to avoid the computation complexity in phase 2 The default value is inactive this function Local ID In Aggressive mode Local ID is on behalf of the IP address while identity authenticating with remote VPN server The length of the ID is limited to 47 characters Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page Callback Function The callback function provides a callback service as a part of for S models only PPP suite only for the ISDN dial in user The router owner will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Require Remote to Callback Enable this to let the router to require the remote peer to callback for the connection afterwards Provide ISDN Number to Remote In the case that the remote peer requires the Vigor router to callback the local ISDN number will be provided to the remote peer Check here to allow the Vigor router to send the ISDN number to the remote router This feature is useful for i model only Dray Te k 142 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type Username aon PPTP YJ Compression on off IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key O Specify ISDN CLID or
26. A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dray Te k 20 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 2 3 Static IP Click Static IP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard Static IP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the Static IP configuration probided by your ISP WAN IP Subnet Mask Primary DNS Secondary DNS fs Coptionals After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access Static IP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK I igor2930 Series User s Guide 21 Dray Te k 2 2 4 DHCP Click DHCP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard DHCP Client Mode WAN 1 If your ISP require you to enter a specific host name or specific MAC address please enter it in Host Name optiona MAC 60 7F bo oo 01 optional After finishing the settings in this page click Next to see the
27. ACK scan SYN FINscan Xmas scan and full Xmas scan Check the box to activate the Block Tear Drop function Many machines may crash when receiving ICMP datagrams packets that exceed the maximum length To avoid this type of attack the Vigor router is designed to be capable of discarding any fragmented ICMP packets with a length greater than 1024 octets Check the box to activate the Block Ping of Death function This attack involves the perpetrator sending overlapping packets to the target hosts so that those target hosts will hang once they re construct the packets The Vigor routers will block any packets realizing this attacking activity i Dray Tek Dray Tek Block ICMP Fragment Check the box to activate the Block ICMP fragment function Any Block Unknown Protocol Warning Messages ICMP packets with more fragment bit set are dropped Check the box to activate the Block Unknown Protocol function Individual IP packet has a protocol field in the datagram header to indicate the protocol type running over the upper layer However the protocol types greater than 100 are reserved and undefined at this time Therefore the router should have ability to detect and reject this kind of packets We provide Syslog function for user to retrieve message from Vigor router The user as a Syslog Server shall receive the report sending from Vigor router which is a Syslog Client All the warning messages related to DoS Defense will b
28. ARES C Previous vigor ODER encoded or Base 64 encoded Download CA certificate Download CA certification path Download latest certificate revocation list 3 Back to Vigor router go to Trusted CA Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh and you will find the below illustration Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 IC sUSicN vigor Mot Yet Valid lew Delete Trusted CA 2 lew Delete Trusted CA 3 WEW Delete IMPORT REFRESH 4 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Trusted CA 1 Issuer f WSilhl vigor Subject iCsUSiCh vigor Subject Alternative Mame valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT Close ONS draytek com Note Before setting certificate configuration please go to System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date to reset current time of the router first igor2930 Series User s Guide 275 Dr ay Tek 4 9 Creating an Account for MyVigor The website of My Vigor a server located on http myvigor draytek com provides several useful services such as Anti Spam Web Content Filter Anti Intrusion and etc to filtering the web pages for the sake of protecting your system To access into MyVigor for getting more i
29. Address To use another DHCP server in the network rather than the built in one of Vigor Router you have to change the settings as show below igor2930 Series User s Guide 263 Dray Tek Dray Tek Internet Public IP Address 220 135 240 207 en aa aa a Private Subnet Router IP Address DHCP Server You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address 192 168 1 1 ist Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 2nd IP Address 192 166 2 1 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Jnd subnet DHCP Server j RIP Protocol Control Disable we 264 DHCP Server Configuration O Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O 1st Subnet Start IP Address 2nd Subnet IP Pool Counts Gateway IP Address 192 166 1 1 DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Secondary IP Address fe Primary IP Address Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 5 Calling Scenario for VoIP function 4 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever Example 1 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from different service providers John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 iptel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 iptel org SIP Ac
30. Call Direction Always On or Idle Timeout Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP igor2930 Series User s Guide router will use another WAN interface instead WAN I Only While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the only channel for VPN connection WAN2 First While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the router will use another WAN interface instead WAN2 Only While connecting the router will use WAN2 as the only channel for VPN connection Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Specify the allowed call direction of this LAN to LAN profile Both initiator responder Dial Out initiator only Dial In responder only Always On Check to enable router always keep VPN connection Idle Timeout The default value is 300 seconds If the connection has been idled over the value the router will drop the connection This functio
31. Directon m Others Bandwidth Control WAN1 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 259 25 Inactive p WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 25 259 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 E mail Edit Class 2 HTTPS Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 8 Check Enable UDP Bandwidth Control on the bottom to prevent enormous UDP traffic of VoIP influent other application Click OK Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved_bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 lag Class 2 HTTPS 25 g Class 3 25 e Others 25 og Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 96 CO Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize 9 If the worker has connected to the headquarter using host to host VPN tunnel Please refer to Chapter 3 VPN for detail instruction he may set up an index for it Enter the igor2930 Series User s Guide 261 Dray Te k Class Name of Index 3 In this index he will set reserve bandwidth for 1 VPN tunnel Internet VPN Tunnel Private Network 192 168 1 0 i 10 Click Edit to open a new window Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Hame DiffServ Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type Empty z z 11 First check the ACT box Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT Loc
32. Display the connection status Display the MAC address of the WAN Interface Display the connection mode used currently Display the IP address of the WAN interface Display the assigned IP address of the default gateway Display the MAC address of the wireless LAN It can be Europe 13 usable channels USA 11 usable channels etc The available channels supported by the wireless products in different countries are various It indicates information about equipped WLAN miniPCi card This also helps to provide availability of some features that are bound with some WLAN miniPCi card a Dray Tek 3 15 2 TR 069 Setting Vigor router with TR 069 is available for matching with VigorACS server Such page provides VigorACS and CPE settings under TR 069 protocol All the settings configured here is for CPE to be controlled and managed with VigorACS server Users need to type URL username and password for the VigorACS server that such device will be connected However URL username and password under CPE client are fixed that users cannot change it The default CPE username and password are vigor and password You will need it when you configure VigorACS server System Maintenance gt TR 069 Setting ACS and CPE Settings ACS Server URL Username Password CPE Client Enable URL Port Username Password Periodic Inform Settings Disable Enable Interval Time STUN Settings Disable Enable Server IP
33. Dr ay Tek 3 2 2 General Setup This page provides you the general settings for LAN Click LAN to open the LAN settings page and choose General Setup LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration For NAT Usage ist IP Address ist Subnet Mask 2nd IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask RIP Protocol Control 1st IP Address Ist Subnet Mask For IP Routing Usage 2 IP Address 2 Subnet Mask 2 DHCP Server Dray Tek 152 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable 192 165 2 1 255 255 255 0 2nd Subnet DHCP Server DHCP Server Configuration Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent ist Subnet 2nd Subnet 192 166 1 10 o 192 165 1 1 Start IP Address IF Pool Counts Gateway IP Address DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent DONS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address Type in private IP address for connecting to a local private network Default 192 168 1 1 I Type in an address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 Click Enable to invoke this function The default setting is Disable Type in secondary IP address for connecting to a subnet Default 192 168 2 1 24 An address code that determines the size of the network Default 255 255 255 0 24 You can configure the router to serve as a DHCP server for the 2nd subne
34. Enable Mac Access Filter MAC Address Filter Attribute Add igor2930 Series User s Guide Select to enable any one of the following policy Activate MAC address filter Allow to set MAC address list for accessing Access Point PCs with MAC address not listed above cannot access AP In addition selected station with MAC address listed above can be isolated from LAN by checking Isolate the station from LAN Blocked MAC address filter Allow to set MAC address list for denying access AP However stations with MAC address not listed above are allowed to access AP Policy Activate MAC address filter Activate MAC a d dress filter Blocked MAC address filter Select to enable the MAC Address filter for wireless LAN identified with SSID 1 to 4 respectively All the clients expressed by MAC addresses listed in the box can be grouped under different wireless LAN For example they can be grouped under SSID 1 and SSID 2 at the same time if you check SSID 1 and SSID 2 Display all MAC addresses that are edited before Client s MAC Address Manually enter the MAC address of wireless client s Isolate the station from LAN select to isolate the wireless connection of the wireless client of the MAC address from LAN Add a new MAC address into the list a Dray Tek Delete Delete the selected MAC address in the list Edit Edit the selected MAC address in the list Cancel Give up the access control set up OK Click
35. Ethernet port P1 You cannot change it Dray Te k 30 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Physical Type Load Balance Mode Line Speed Active Mode igor2930 Series User s Guide You can change the physical type for WAN2 or choose Auto negotiation for determined by the system Auta negotiation iw Physical Type Auto ne qotiation 10M half duplex 10M1 full duplex 100M1 half duplex 100M1 full duplex If you know the practical bandwidth for your WAN interface please choose the setting of According to Line Speed Otherwise please choose Auto Weigh to let the router reach the best load balance Load Balance Mode o Auta Wei gh According to Line Speed If your choose According to Line Speed as the Load Balance Mode please type the line speed for downloading and uploading through WAN1 WAN2 The unit is kbps Choose Always On to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 being activated always or choose Active on demand to make the WAN connection WANI WAN2 activated if it is necessary Active Mode Active on demand Always On Active on demand If you choose Active on demand the Idle Timeout will be available for you to set for PPPoE and PPTP access modes in the Details Page of WAN gt gt Internet Access In addition there are three selections for you to choose for different purposes WAN2 Fail It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 is failed WAN2 Upload speed exceed XX k
36. ISDN1 50 JISDN2 TE Phonel C IS0N1 50 C ISON2 TE Phone1 C ISDN1 50 JISDN2 TE Phone C IS0N1 50 C ISDN2 TE L Phonel C ISDN1 50 C ISDN2 TE Cl Phonei C IS0N1 50 JISDN2 TE Phonel JtspN1i so JISDN2 TE Phone1 C IS0N1 50 C ISON2 TE Any W Any W m i a a a Oo oO a a 0 m PJ ga Phonez Any W m Phone Any Phone Any W b Phonez Any w Phone Any Y Phone2 Any w Phone 5 m Phonez Any Phone Any W Phone Any Ri success registered on SIP server fail to register on SIP server igor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port STUN Server External IP SIP PING interval Status VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy LJ Act as outbound proxy Display Name Account Number Name C Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support Ring Port Ring Pattern Profile Name Dray Tek Click this link to access into next page for setting SIP account Display the profile name of the account Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP registrar server Display the domain name or IP address of the SIP proxy server Display the account name of SIP address before Specify which port will ring when receiving a phone call Set Phonel
37. It specifies the interval between dialup retries By default the interval is O second Remote Activation It can help users who would like to access the server which is off the Internet in the head office 200 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Basic Setup Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup igor2930 Series User s Guide To remotely make the server to be available on the Internet 1 e make the router in the head office activating its Internet access either by dialing up or starting broadband connection users can make a regular phone call the number is set in the Remote Activation field to the router as signaling it for activation The phone call will be soon disconnected once the router is on line Note that Dialing to a Single ISP should be pre configured properly Link Type Because ISDN has two B channels 64Kbps per channel you can specify whether you would like to have single B channel two B channels or BOD Bandwidth on Demand Four options are available Link Disable Dialup 64Kbps Dialup 128Kbps Dialup BOD Link Type Dialup BOD be Link Disable Dialup b4K bps Dialup 126Kbps Dialup BOD PPP Authentication It specifies the PPP authentication method for PPP MP connections Normally you can set it to PAP CHAP for better compatibility TCP Header Compression VJ Compression It is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally it is set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization Idle Timeout
38. Management gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Mote Before enable QoS you should test the real bandwidth first QoS may not work properly if the bandwidth is not accurate Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 25 Class 25 ag Class 3 26 Others 25 fee C Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 96 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Enable the QoS Control The factory default for this setting is checked Please also define which traffic the QoS Control settings will apply to IN apply to incoming traffic only OUT apply to outgoing traffic only BOTH apply to both incoming and outgoing traffic Check this box and click OK then click Setup link again You will see the Online Statistics link appearing on this page WAN Inbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data input for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 1000kbps for this box The default value is 1OOOOkbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth It allows you to set the connecting rate of data output for WAN For example if your ADSL supports 1M of downstream and 256K upstream please set 256kbps for this box The default value is 10000kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation of QoS It is suggested to set the band
39. Medium AH High ESP Oo ES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Number Callback Budget minute s 7 At last set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router A can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router B via the VPN connection 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have to da Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 192 168 11 Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 Remote Network IP 192 168 2 0 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Mlore Jk Dray Te k 250 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Settings in Router B in the remote office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PRE PAP or CHAP Start IP Address 192 168 2200 Authentication ee MPPE Optional WIPPE ka Mutual Authentication PAP O Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such a
40. Modem DSL Modem Media Converter to any WAN port of router with Ethernet cable RJ 45 The WANI WAN2 LED Left or Right will light up according to the speed 100 or 10 of the device that it connected 2 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable RJ 45 to one of the LAN ports of the router and the other end of the cable RJ 45 into the Ethernet port on your computer The LAN LED Left or Right will light up according to the speed 100 or 10 of the device that it connected 3 Connect the telephone sets with phone lines for using VoIP function For the model without phone ports skip this step 4 Connect one end of the power adapter to the router s power port on the rear panel and the other side into a wall outlet 5 Power on the device by pressing down the power switch on the rear panel 6 The system starts to initiate After completing the system test the ACT LED will light up and start blinking For the detailed information of LED status please refer to section 1 2 Analog Phone Analog Phone m 4 Power Switch 33 FE amp Dray Tek DUALWAN SECURITY FIREWALL Phone Line Phone Line Power Adapter Cable DSL Modem or Media Converter Caution Each of the Phone ports can be connected to an analog phone only Do not connect the phone ports to the telephone wall jack Such connection might damage your router Dray Te k 12 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 1 4 ISDN Phone Ad
41. NAT page and choose Port Redirection web page The Port Redirection Table provides 20 port mapping entries for the internal hosts NAT gt Port Redirection Port Redirection Setto Factory Default Service Name Public Port Private IP Status 1 2 3 4 De G f g 10 _ lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Press any number under Index to access into next page for configuring port redirection igor2930 Series User s Guide 55 Dr ay Tek NAT gt gt Port Redirection Index No 1 Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAL IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Note In Range Mode the End IP will be calculated automatically once the Public Port and Start IP have been entered Enable Mode Service Name Protocol WAN IP Public Port Private IP Private Port Check this box to enable such port redirection setting Two options Single and Range are provided here for you to choose To set a range for the specific service select Range In Range mode if the public port start port and end port and the starting IP of private IP had been entered the system will calculate and display the ending IP of private IP automatically Enter the description of the specific network service Select the transport layer protocol TCP or UDP Select the WAN IP used for port redirection There are eight WAN IP alias that can be selected and used for port redirection The default setting
42. Phone2 ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for the SIP account If you choose Phonel Phone2 or ISDN1 SO the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify any one of them as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Type in the IP address or domain of the STUN server Type in the gateway IP address The default value is 150 sec It is useful for a Nortel server NAT Traversal Support Show the status for the corresponding SIP account R means such account is registered on SIP server successfully means the account is failed to register on SIP server fs 11 char max C Call without Registration 68 char mae 668 char mae fs 23 char max 63 char max 68 char max PO 668 char mar Phonei J Phone Cispni so Any w JISDN2 TE Assign a name for this profile for identifying You can type similar name with the domain For example if the domain name is draytel org then you might set draytel in this field 174 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Register via SIP Port Domain Realm Proxy Act as Outbound Proxy Display Name Account Number Name Authentication ID Password Expiry Time NAT Traversal Support igor2930 Series User s Guide If you want to make VoIP call without register personal information please choose None and chec
43. Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPoE 0 01 39 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 202 211 100 176 202 211 100 170 35 m 46 4 Detailed explanation is shown below Primary DNS Secondary DNS LAN Status IP Address TX Packets RX Packets WANI 2 Status Line Name Mode Up Time IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate ISDN Status Channel Active Conn TX Pkts TX Rate RX Pkts RX Rate Up Time AOC igor2930 Series User s Guide Displays the IP address of the primary DNS Displays the IP address of the secondary DNS Displays the IP address of the LAN interface Displays the total transmitted packets at the LAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the LAN interface Displays the physical connection Ethernet of this interface Displays the name set in WANI WAN web page Displays the type of WAN connection e g PPPoE Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the IP address of the WAN interface Displays the IP address of the default gateway Displays the total transmitted packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the WAN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the WAN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the WAN interface Displays the active connection status for each channel Displays the total transmitted packets at the ISDN interface
44. VPN User Name Passwor Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP igor2930 Series User s Guide the router Block This is default setting Click this button to let multicast packets be blocked by the router Set SSL Web Proxy It allows the remote dial in user to access internal web over SSL VPN suitable for the application through web only e g HTTP Click SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy to set profiles If you have set several profiles beforehand you can check SSL Web Proxy and choose the one s you need as SSL VPN Netbios Naming Packet pass Block SSL VPN SSL Web Proxy F gforge SSL F web SSL F portal SSL F webadmin SSL F portalmanager SSL F huagai SSL To check if SSL Web Proxy is activated or not please open Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate that you have the privilege for the SSL Web Proxy Dray Tek Provide SSL VPN loaout INFO i Main Page as 172 17 1 42 ee have mere logged ae l Welcome to DrayTek ou are given the following privileges SSL VPN a SSL Web Proxy a SSL Tunnel Timeout after minutes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved If you haven t set any SSL VPN web proxy profiles you will a link here Click this link to access into the configuration page of SSL VPN This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Thi
45. Wizard Connection Succeeded Please check the following item s to enable the ALAY or WCF or AS services on your router Enable Web Content Filter When such page appears you can enable or disable these services for your necessity Then click Finish Note The service will be activated and applied as the default rule configured in Firewall gt gt General Setup Dray Te k 24 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 6 Now the web page will display the service that you have activated according to your selection s The valid time for the free trial of these services is one month Service Activation Wizard Server Enabled DrayTek Service Activation Service Name Start Date Expire Date Status Web Content filter 0i0 10 18 z010 11 15 BPjM Please check if the license fits with the service provider of your signature To ensure normal operation for your router Update your signature again is recommended Copyright amp DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Later if you need to extend the license valid time you can also use the Service Activation Wizard again to reach your goal by clicking the radio button of Formal edition with license key and clicking Next Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free tri Formal edition with license key Cancel Service Activation Wiz
46. an unwanted outgoing connection Firewall Facilities The users on the LAN are provided with secured protection by the following firewall facilities User configurable IP filter Call Filter Data Filter Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks packets and denies unsolicited incoming data Selectable Denial of Service DoS Distributed DoS DDoS attacks protection IP Filters Depending on whether there is an existing Internet connection or in other words the WAN link status is up or down the IP filter architecture categorizes traffic into two Call Filter and Data Filter Call Filter When there is no existing Internet connection Call Filter is applied to all traffic all of which should be outgoing It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass Then the router shall initiate a call to build the Internet connection and send the packet to Internet Data Filter When there is an existing Internet connection Data Filter is applied to incoming and outgoing traffic It will check packets according to the filter rules If legal the packet will pass the router igor2930 Series User s Guide 63 Dr ay Te k The following illustrations are flow charts explaining how router will treat incoming traffic and outgoing traffic respectively Outgoing Traffic Stateful Packet Inspection SPI Stateful inspection is a firewall architecture that works at the network la
47. appear ao i i Dray Te k 288 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 806 Terminal bash 80x24 Last login Sat Jan 3 B2 24 16 on ttypi Welcome ta Darwin Vigorla draytekd ping 192 168 1 1 PING 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 1 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 tcomp_seq 6 ttl 255 times8 755 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 1 ttl 255 times8 697 ms t bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 2 ttl 255 times6 716 ms 64 bytes from 192 165 1 1 icmp_seg 3 ttl 255 timesh 731 ms 64 bytes from 192 168 1 1 tcmp_seq 4 ttl 255 timesh 72 ms AE 192 168 1 1 ping statistics EF packets transmitted 5 packets received 6 packet loss round trip minfgaygemax 0 697 6 7236 755 ms Vigoria draytekd fj 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or Not Click WAN gt gt Internet Access and then check whether the ISP settings are set correctly Click Details Page of WAN1 WAN2 to review the settings that you configured previously WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WANI Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page WANE Ethernet static or Dynamic P Mone PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP PRPTR 5 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary Sometimes a wrong connection can be improved by returning to the default settings Try to reset the router by software or hardware Q Warning After pressing factory default setting you will loose all settings you did be
48. be used with a standard Web browser There are two benefits that SSL VPN provides gt Itis not necessary for users to preinstall VPN client software for executing SSL VPN connection gt There are less restrictions for the data encrypted through SSL VPN in comparing with traditional VPN SSL VPN P General Setup SSL Web Proxy p User Account H Online User Status 3 14 1 General Setup This page determines the general configuration for SSL VPN Server and SSL Tunnel igor2930 Series User s Guide 219 Dr ay Te k SSL VPN gt General Setup SSL VPN General Setup Port Default 443 Server Certificate self signed Encryption Key Algorithm O High 4ES 128 bits and 3DES Default RC4 128 bits OLow DES Note The settings will act on all SSL applications Port Such port is set for SSL VPN server It will not affect the HTTPS Port configuration set in System Maintenance gt gt Management In general the default setting is 443 Server Certificate When the client does not set any certificate default certificate will be used for HTTPS and SSL VPN server Choose any one of the user defined certificates from the drop down list if users set several certificates previously Otherwise choose Self signed to use the router s built in default certificate The default certificate can be used in SSL VPN server and HTTPS Web Proxy Encryption Key Algorithm Choose the encryption level for the data connection in SSL
49. be negotiated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 11A B4kbps 3 7 11MU 64K bps G F 11A 64K bps G 729A 8 Kbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Aine Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting ie Dray Tek Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function Default Call Route It determines the default direction for the call route of the router To ISDN for VoIP The router is set by using ISDN call To change ISDN call into VoIP call please dial th
50. calls coming from Internet to be forwarded to receivers by ISDN line Loop Through to Phone Port Choose this radio button to make all the calls controlled by traditional PSTN phone It will tack effect only if MSN mapping ring port is not es Dray Tek configured In addition you can specify which port both phone 1 and phone 2 phone 1 only or phone 2 only will ring Loop Through to ISDN1 S0 Port Choose this radio button to make all the calls controlled by ISDN line In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Advance Settings gt ISDN TE Tone Settings Region User Defined Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 105 MISC H Zo li J ll Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz msec msec msec msec mo oo _ 450 400 lit Ili ili DTMF DTMF
51. channel will be activated automatically through the dialup PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP can configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout dle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on 198 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Primary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings as Method IPCP for most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it primary ISP setup connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name Enter the secondary ISP name Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by the ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP IP Address Assignment In most environments you should not change these settings as Method IPCP for most IS
52. continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup JE 2 Tsv420 lm DrayTek Router Tools Y4 4 0 Setup i i I DoT om 6 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the tool Finally click Finish to end the installation 7 From the Start menu open Programs and choose Router Tools XXX gt gt Firmware Upgrade Utility Firmware Uperade Utility 7 5 1 Time Gukt Sec Router IP Bo a Fort Firmware File Password 8 Type in your router IP usually 192 168 1 1 9 Click the button to the right side of Firmware file typing box Locate the files that you download from the company web sites You will find out two files with different extension names xxxx all keep the old custom settings and xxxx rst reset all the custom settings to default settings Choose any one of them that you need Firmware Uperade Utility 3 5 1 Time Qukt Sec Router IP E 192 168 1 1 Fort Firmware File C Documents and Settings Carrie me Password igor2930 Series User s Guide 269 Dr ay Tek 10 Click Send Firmware Upgrade Utility 3 5 1 Time OutiSec j Router IP 192 160 1 1 Fort Firmware File CABocuments and Settings Carrie al Password Sending 11 Now the firmware update is finished 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B ED User imports the certificate as local certificat
53. data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES 3 9 6 IPSec Peer Identity To use digital certificate for peer authentication in either LAN to LAN connection or Remote User Dial In connection here you may edit a table of peer certificate for selection As shown below the router provides 100 entries of digital certificates for peer dial in users VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity x509 Peer ID Accounts Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status 1 777 s 1r 777 s A 777 x 18 777 x 3 777 x 19 777 s 4 777 s 20 777 s 5 777 x 21 777 x 6 777 s 22 277 s T 777 s 23 777 s 8 777 x 24 777 s 9 777 s 25 777 s 10 777 s 26 777 s qi 777 x 27 777 s 12 777 s 28 277 1B 777 x 29 777 x 14 777 x 30 777 s 15 777 s 31 777 s 16 777 x 32 777 x lt lt 1 32 3364 65 96 97 100 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click it to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of IPSec Peer Identity Name Display the profile name of that index Click each index to edit one peer digital certificate There are three security levels of digital signature authentication Fill each necessary field to authenticate the remote peer The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Te k 130 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VPN an
54. ea a E E E E E 231 a NENG N a a a 233 et OO COOL VSTO eerie EEE E EEA 234 3 15 9 Firmware UI OO scssriiainanini aa a naaa Ta A AARAA 235 GPAC a Oe E 235 JAG DONO SNCS aree E E steed totusan eossinesevantrat 237 SD ES TESS E E E E E E A T E T E E E E E 237 Doe ROUINO TapE ca ne ee eee enn eee ee ee E 238 JAO ARP CACCE TIDE eee ie enn eee eee ne eee ee ee 238 OA TIONG a a E E E E esses qasehossaeuceeiaseanetess E 239 JAS NAF eSis TADE a a E E C T atenm ceaeencecueas 239 3 16 66 Web Authentication Table aserre a 240 316 7 Data Flow MONON cs soil ce cates co pane oinei iad e a ia 240 IO Maie Grap esena aa aTi A iea ao iparada 243 he IO DATOS S ersen a aa 244 Oe eg Oe aCe MOU E aa A E 245 Application and Examples aannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn 247 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter 247 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter 255 4 3 QOS Seting MONS sansning a Ea 259 4 4 LAN Created by Using NA Disciseda case eie a E 263 4 5 Calling Scenario for VOIP function saannnnnneannnnnnannnnsennnnnosnnnnnesnrnressnnrrrosnnrrressnnrrresenrrrenne 265 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide vii Dray Te k 4 5 1 Calling via SIP Sever ccccccceccceeeceseeeeceeeeeeseeessseeeeeeessaeessueeeeeessseeeaeeseesessaaaaeeseeeees 265 4 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling cccccccsssseeccceececeeeeeceeeeeeseeese
55. entry you can specify 10 port ranges for diverse services Dray Te k 60 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide NAT gt Open Ports gt Edit Open Ports Index No 1 Enable Open Ports Comment WAR Interface WAMI 9 Local Computer 197 166 1 10 Choose PC Protocol 4500 Enable Open Ports Comment WAN Interface Local Computer Choose PC Protocol Start Port End Port 3 3 4 Address Mapping nnn miet End Part Protocol Start Port End Port A700 6 4700 7 3 5 Clear Cancel Check to enable this entry HULL HULL a A Make a name for the defined network application service Specify the WAN interface that will be used for this entry Enter the private IP address of the local host or click Choose PC to select one Click this button and subsequently a window having a list of private IP addresses of local hosts will automatically pop up Select the appropriate IP address of the local host in the list Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or none for selection Specify the starting port number of the service offered by the local host Specify the ending port number of the service offered by the local host This page is used to map specific private IP to specific WAN IP alias If you have a group of IP Addresses and want to apply to the router please use WAN IP alias function to record these IPs first Then use address mapping function to map specific private IP to sp
56. fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Callback budget By default the callback function has limitation of callback period Once the callback budget is exhausted the function will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection The default value 0 means no limitation of callback period Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Check this box to verify data and transmit data in encryption with GRE over IPSec packet after configuring IPSec Dial Out setting Both ends must match for each other by setting same virtual IP address for communication Logical Traffic Such technique comes from RFC2890 Define logical traffic for data transmission between both sides of VPN tunnel by using the characteristic of GRE Even hacker can decipher IPSec encryption he she still cannot ask LAN site to do data transmission with any information Such function can ensure the data transmitted on VPN tunnel is really sent out from both sides This is an optional function However if one side wants to use it the peer must enable it too My WAN IP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above
57. for Diagnostics 3 16 1 Dial out Trigger Click Diagnostics and click Dial out Trigger to open the web page The internet connection e g ISDN PPPoE PPPoA etc is triggered by a package sending from the source IP address Diagnostics gt gt Dial out Trigger Dial out Triggered Packet Header Refresh HEX Format O00 50 F 22 33 44 00 OE 46 24 05 41 086 OO 45 00 00 4B BE 5400 00 7F 11 12 3B CO 46 01 0A 46 5F 0101 05 CB OO 35 00 37 ES 91 O1 7401 00 0001 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 67 61 7465 776l 79 0960 65 73 73 65 66 67 65 72 07 68 OF 74 60 61 69 6C 03 63 6F 60 00 00 01 00 O01 E6 8414 00 00 Decoded Format 192 168 1 10 1483 gt 168 95 1 1 domain Pr udp HLen 20 TLen 75 Decoded Format It shows the source IP address local destination IP remote address the protocol and length of the package Refresh Click it to reload the page igor2930 Series User s Guide 237 Dr ay Tek 3 16 2 Routing Table Click Diagnostics and click Routing Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Key C connected 5S static R RIP default private a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 via 172 16 3 1 Want E C 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected LAN Cc 172 16 33 07 255 255 255 0 is directly connected Want vi Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 16 3 ARP Cache Table Click Diagnostics and click ARP Cache Table to view the content of
58. is an automated message trom myvigor draytek com Thank you Mary for creating an account Please click on the activation lnk below to activate your account Link Actrrate my Account 9 Click the Activate my Account link to enable the account that you created The following screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site YY Register Confirm Thank for your register in VigorPro Web Site The Register process is completed igor2930 Series User s Guide 279 Dr ay Tek 10 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4helw T4 h e 41 C lf you cannot read the word Click here Forget password Don t have a MWyVider Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service BEG 3 597 2727 of ek com email to webmasterna dra 11 Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into My Vigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site 1 Access into http myvigor draytek com Find the line of Not registered yet Then click the link Cli
59. is checked If you use ISDN1 SO without MSN Setup to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the number 5972720 because Phone CLIP is checked Dray Te k 196 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 12 3 Dial to Single Dual ISPs Select Dialing to a Single ISP if you access the Internet via a single ISP ISON gt Dialing to a Single ISP Single ISP ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup a ISP Name fs Link Type Dialup BOD PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Password f Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IF Cl Require ISP callback CBCP Fixed IP Address fo Index 1 155 in Schedule Setup ISP Access Setup ISP Name Enter your ISP name such as Seednet Hinet and so on Dial Number Enter the ISDN access number provided by your ISP Username Enter the username provided by your ISP Password Enter the password provided by your ISP Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Scheduler 1 15 Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the Internet access according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 8 2 Schedule for detailed configuration PPP MP Setup Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 64Kbps allows you to use one ISDN B channel for Intern
60. it to save the access control list Clear All Clean all entries in the MAC address list 3 13 5 WPS WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup provides easy procedure to make network connection between wireless station and wireless access point vigor router with the encryption of WPA and WPA2 Encryption WPA WPA2 lt u gt Wireless Card Installed Connection viaWPS ra ral Fa nF CE E E E E E E E E E _ E_Z HH ial Set SSID and PIN Code Note Such function is available for the wireless station with WPS supported It is the simplest way to build connection between wireless network clients and vigor router Users do not need to select any encryption mode and type any long encryption passphrase to setup a wireless client every time He she only needs to press a button on wireless client and WPS will connect for client and router automatically There are two methods to do network connection through WPS between AP and Stations pressing the Start PBC button or using PIN Code Dray Tek On the side of Vigor 2930 series which served as an AP press Factory Reset button once on the front panel of the router or click Start PBC on web configuration interface On the side of a station with network card installed press Start PBC button of network card PBC WLAN Card Factory Reset If you want to use PIN code you have to know the PIN code specified in wireless client Then provide the PIN code of the wirele
61. iz Enable Hide SSID SSID Isolate LAN Member a o a 2 D T O Sd Hide SSID Prevent SSID from being scanned Isolate Member Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access for each other Isolate LAN Wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Channel Channel6 2437MHz Long Preamble LJ Long Preamble necessary for some old 802 11 b devices only laower performance Packet OVERDRI VE C Tx Burst Note The same technology must also be supported in clients to boost WLAN performance Enable Wireless LAN Check the box to enable wireless function Mode At present the router can connect to Mixed 11b 11g 11g Only 11b Only Mixed 11g 11n 11n Only and Mixed 11b 11g 11n stations simultaneously Simply choose Mix 11b 11g 11n mode Mixed 11b 11g 11n Mixed 1 1b 11 q Tr Index 1 15 Set the wireless LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is blank and the function will always work Hide SSID Check it to prevent from wireless sniffing and make it Dray Tek harder for unauthorized clients or STAs to join your 204 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide SSID Isolate Channel Long Preamble Packet OVERDRIVE igor2930 Series User s Guide wireless LAN Depending on the wireless utility
62. k 3 13 9 Rate Control This page allows you to control the upload and download rate of each wireless client station and SSID1 4 Please check the box of Enable to invoke this setting The range for the rate is between 100 100 000 kbps Wireless LAN gt Rate Control Station Rate Control 1 Enable Upload Rate fiooooo Kbps Download Rate hooo Kbps Note 1 Range 100 100 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps 2 The specified rates are applied to each associated wireless client SSID Rate Control Enable Upload Download 5501 D 100000 kbps 100000 kbps ssD2 E 100000 kbps 0000n _ kbps s503 E 100000 kbps 100000 kbps ssD4 D 100000 kops 100000 kbps Note 1 Range 100 100 000 Kbps Increment 100 Kbps 2 The specified rates are shared by all clients associate with the same SSID SSID rate control controls the data transmission rate through wireless connection Enable Check Enable for typing upload and download rate Upload Type the transmitting rate for data upload Default value is 30 000 kbps Download Type the transmitting rate for data download Default value is 30 000 kbps 3 13 10 Web Portal Log in This page allows you to specify an URL for accessing into or display a message when a remote user connects to Internet through this router No matter what purpose of the wireless client is he she will be forced into the URL configured here while trying to access into the Internet or the desire
63. managed handled by Telnet It will blink while being managed by IE browser The VPN tunnel is active The QoS function is active The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Restart Restart the router forcefully WAN 1 2 Connecters for remote networked devices LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch igor2930 Series User s Guide 3 Dray Te k 1 2 2 For Vigor2930n Dray Tek VIGOR2930n ACT WLAN MGMT DoS WAN1 VPN DUAL WAN SECURITY FIREWALL CSM WAN2 QoS LED SIGLI Explanation ACT Activity Blinking The router is powered on and running normally Off The router is powered off DoS On The DoS DDoS function is active Blinking It will blink while deleting an attack CSM n The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is active It is enabled from C
64. mode and MSN number Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOffl TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOnl and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off Dray Tek 184 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt ISDON1 S0 Tone Settings Region User Defined Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone Congestion tone Volume Gain Mic Gaing1 10 Speaker Gaint 1 105 MISC Dial Tone Power Level Ring Frequency MSN Alias MSH 30 MSN 31 MISH 32 MSN 33 MSN 34 Region igor2930 Series User s Guide ll Hz msec msec msec msec 440 i i 400 200 400 75 5 lit li i i Hil DTMF DTMF Mode nBand Payload Type RFC2833 I Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ring
65. of QoS It is suggested to set the bandwidth value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance 4 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 1 by clicking Edit link Type the name E mail for Class 1 Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 WO Status Local Address Remote Address Misery Service Type CodePoaint i Inactive Any Any ANY undefined 5 For this index the user will set reserved bandwidth e g 25 for E mail using protocol POP3 and SMTP Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAN Inbound Bandwidth 10000 Kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Index Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Class 1 E mail 25 gg Class 2 Class 3 25 le Others 25 le Cl Enable UDP Bandwidth Control Limited_bandwidth Ratio 25 6 C Outbound TCP ACK Prioritize Dray Te k 260 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 6 Return to previous page Enter the Name of Index Class 2 by clicking Edit link In this index the user will set reserved bandwidth for HTTPS Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Class Index 2 Mame HTTPS MO Status Local Address Remote Address eens Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any ANY ANY 7 Click Setup link for WAN1 Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Setto Factory Default UDP Index Status Bandwidth
66. security with different modes for SSID 1 2 3 and 4 respectively Dray Tek After configuring the correct settings please click OK to save and invoke it By clicking the Security Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the settings of WEP and WPA 206 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt Security Settings SSID 1 SSID 2 SSID 3 SSID 4 Set up RADIUS Server if 802 1 is enabled WPA Encryption Mode TEIP for WPA AES for WPA Type 8 63 ASCII character or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example cfgsOlae or Ox655abed WEP Encryption Mode key 1 per o o key 2 pe o key 3 per i O key 4 a For 64 bit WEP key Type 5 ASCII character or 10 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example AB312 or Ox4142333132 For 128 bit WEP key Type 13 ASCII character or 26 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox for example O123456789abc or Ox3031323353435356373899414243 Mode There are several modes provided for you to choose Disable J Dis able 7 WEP WER S02 1 Only WEAD 1x Only WPAAOO 1x Only Mixed N PAPMPAAD02 1x only WIPAIP SK WP ALIP SK PAH VPAL PSE Disable Turn off the encryption mechanism WEP lt Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key should be entered in WEP Key WEP 802 1x Only Accepts only WEP clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol WPA 802 1x Only Accepts o
67. set the remote network IP subnet in TCP IP Network Settings so that Router B can direct the packets destined to the remote network to Router A via the VPN connection 253 Dray Tek Dray Tek 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 Remote Gateway IP 0 0 0 0 Remote Network IFP 192 168 10 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Local Network IP 192 168 1 1 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 lore OK 254 From first subnet to remote network you hawe ta do Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 RIF Direction Clear Cancel Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 2 Create a Remote Dial in User Connection Between the Teleworker and Headquarter The other common case is that you as a teleworker may want to connect to the enterprise network securely According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a Remote User Profile and install Smart VPN Client on the remote host VPN Router 210 135 240 208 Remote Network 192 168 1 0 E a A F H i i i eed z 40 me r ia ee TS a Te Settings in VPN Router in the enterprise office 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then for using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP
68. so that the URL content filtering facility operates properly on a web page that you visited before Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature First is selected Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the keyword set here it will be processed with reverse action Action a55 Block Group Object Selections The Vigor router provides several frames for users to define keywords and each frame supports multiple keywords The keyword could be a noun a partial noun 94 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Web Feature igor2930 Series User s Guide or a complete URL string Multiple keywords within a frame are separated by space comma or semicolon In addition the maximal length of each frame is 32 character long After specifying keywords the Vigor router will decline the connection request to the website whose URL string matched to any user defined keyword It should be noticed that the more simplified the blocking keyword list the more efficiently the Vigor router perform Object Group Edit or Keyword Group Mone or Keyword Group Mone Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or keyword Object or Keyword Object or Keyword Object or
69. tell the remote end the ISON number when it s placing an outgoing call Goto Phone Settings to change ISDN TE NT type Index MN numkers tar Mapping to Phone Ports Phone CLIR CLIP the router 1 6972727 Mphone1 DPhone2 Dispni so Any x FF 2 5972728 Ephonet Diphone2 Mrspni so 32 v ci 5972729 CJPhonei Phone2 1SDN1 So Transparent v 4 5972720 Phone Clphone2 FlisoNi so Any v When remote user calls you by dialing 5972727 the router will make Phone port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972728 the router will make ISDN phone under ISDN1 SO port and configured with internal MSN number 32 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972729 the router will make ISDN phones under ISDN1 SO port and configured with internal MSN number 5972729 ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972720 the router will make all of ISDN phones under ISDN1 SO port ringing When remote user calls you by dialing 5972722 the router will make no phone ringing for the number is not specified in such page If you use Phonel to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the telephone number 5972726 because CLIP is not checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 32 to dial an outgoing call remote user will see Withheld Number from the telephone display panel because Phone CLIR is checked If you use ISDN1 SO with MSN 5972729 to dial an outgoing call remote user will see the number 5972729 because Phone CLIP
70. the Network Address Translation NAT function of the router will dedicate to translate public private addresses and the packets will be delivered to the correct host PC in the local area network Thus all the host PCs can share a common Internet connection Get Your Public IP Address from ISP In ADSL deployment the PPP Point to Point style authentication and authorization is required for bridging customer premises equipment CPE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE connects a network of hosts via an access device to a remote access concentrator or aggregation concentrator This implementation provides users with significant ease of use Meanwhile it provides access control billing and type of service according to user requirement When a router begins to connect to your ISP a serial of discovery process will occur to ask for a connection Then a session will be created Your user ID and password is authenticated via PAP or CHAP with RADIUS authentication system And your IP address DNS server and other related information will usually be assigned by your ISP igor2930 Series User s Guide 29 Dr ay Te k Below shows the menu items for Internet Access H General Setup H Internet Access H Load Balance Policy 3 1 2 General Setup This section will introduce some general settings of Internet and explain the connection modes for WANI and WAN2 in details This router supports dual WAN function It allows users to ac
71. the factory default configuration Restart Restart the router forcefully Phone 1 2 Connecters for PSTN phones WAN 1 2 Connecters for remote networked devices Dray Te k 4 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch igor2930 Series User s Guide 5 Dr ay Te k 1 2 3 For Vigor2930Vn Dray Tek ACT WLAN MGMT VIGOR2930Vn DUAL WAN SECURITY FIREWALL DoS WAN1 Phone1 CSM WAN2 Phone2 LED Status Explanation ACT Activity The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off DoS The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack CSM The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt IM P2P Profile WLAN Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through It will blink fast when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes WAN1 2 The WAN1 or WAN2 port is connected It will blink while transmitting data MGMT The router is managed handled by Telnet It will blink while being managed by IE browser Phone 1 2 The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected WAN 1 2 Green The port is disco
72. the peer also supports this function Choose the mode for WDS setting Disable mode will not invoke any WDS setting Bridge mode is designed to fulfill the first type of application Repeater mode is for the second one Mode Disable Disable Bridge Repeater There are three types for security Disable WEP and Pre shared key The setting you choose here will make the following WEP or Pre shared key field valid or not Choose one of the types for the router If you checked the box of Use the same WEP key you do not need to choose 64 bit or 128 bit as the Encryption Mode If you do not check that box you can set the WEP key now in this page Type There are three types for you to choose DrayTek WPA can be used for all DrayTek wireless routers like Vigor2700 Vigor2800 Vigor2820 and etc except for other brand s wireless routers WPA and WPA2 are used for WDS devices e g AP700 For example if you have a wireless AP and a Vigor2820n wireless router you can set the 214 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Bridge Repeater Access Point Function Status igor2930 Series User s Guide encryption mode as WPA or WPA2 to establish your WDS system between AP and the router Key Type 8 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal digits leading by 0x If you choose Bridge as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in
73. the specified PC that DHCP assigned IP address for it Leased Time It displays the leased time of the specified PC HOST ID It displays the host ID name of the specified PC Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 16 5 NAT Sessions Table Click Diagnostics and click NAT Sessions Table to open the setup page Diagnostics gt gt NAT Sessions Table NAT Active Sessions Table Refresh 192 166 1 24 939 93 Leo 192216601 207 46 25 2 192 166 1 207 46 5 10 Private IP Port It indicates the source IP address and port of local PC igor2930 Series User s Guide 239 Dr ay Te k Pseudo Port It indicates the temporary port of the router used for NAT Peer IP Port It indicates the destination IP address and port of remote host Interface It displays the representing number for different interface Refresh Click it to reload the page 3 16 6 Web Authentication Table This page displays the IP address UserName and Login Time for the users who passing the web authentication from this router Diagnostics gt gt Web Authentication Status Connection Status Refresh Seconds Index IFP UserName Login Time Index IFP UserName Login Time 1 ze e LogQut 17 LogOut eae i LogQut 18 a LogOut 3 zie e LogQut 19 LogQut 4 n Zee eee LogQut 20 LogQut 5 z Ses LogQut 21 LogQut G o LogQut 2 ze LogQut 7 E m LogQut 23 LogOut 8 7 LogQut 2
74. the user may only see the information except SSID or just cannot see any thing about Vigor wireless router while site surveying The system allows you to set four sets of SSID for different usage In default the first set of SSID will be enabled You can hide it for your necessity Means the identification of the wireless LAN SSID can be any text numbers or various special characters The default SSID is DrayTek We suggest you to change it LAN Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID cannot access wired PCs on LAN Member Check this box to make the wireless clients stations with the same SSID not accessing for each other Means the channel of frequency of the wireless LAN The default channel is 6 You may switch channel if the selected channel is under serious interference If you have no idea of choosing the frequency please select Auto to let system determine for you Auto Channel 1 2412MHz Channel 2 241 MHz Channel 3 2422MH2 Channel 4 2447 MHz Channel 5 245 MHz Channel 6 24437 MHz Channel 7 244 MH2 Channelo 2447 MHz Channel 9 24452M1Hz Channel 10 2457 MHz Channel 11 2462 1Hz This option is to define the length of the sync field in an 802 11 packet Most modern wireless network uses short preamble with 56 bit sync filed instead of long preamble with 128 bit sync field However some original 11b wireless network devices only support long preamble Check i
75. this page at one time Yet please disable the unused link to get better performance If you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing If you choose Repeater as the connecting mode please type in the peer MAC address in these fields Four peer MAC addresses are allowed to be entered in this page at one time Similarly if you want to invoke the peer MAC address remember to check Enable box in the front of the MAC address after typing Click Enable to make this router serving as an access point click Disable to cancel this function It allows user to send hello message to peers Yet it is valid only when the peer also supports this function i Dray Tek 3 13 7 AP Discovery Vigor router can scan all regulatory channels and find working APs in the neighborhood Based on the scanning result users will know which channel is clean for usage Also it can be used to facilitate finding an AP for a WDS link Notice that during the scanning process about 5 seconds no client is allowed to connect to Vigor This page is used to scan the existence of the APs on the wireless LAN Yet only the AP which is in the same channel of this router can be found Please click Sean to discover all the connected APs Wireless LAN gt gt Access Point Discovery Access Point List BSSID Channel SSID Scan Note During the scanning process 5 seconds no stat
76. through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Ping through Unspecified Unspecified WAN WAR Ping to Use the drop down list to choose the destination that you want to ping IP Address Type in the IP address of the Host IP that you want to ping Run Click this button to start the ping work The result will be displayed on the screen Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window Dray Te k 244 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 16 10 Trace Route Click Diagnostics and click Trace Route to open the web page This page allows you to trace the routes from router to the host Simply type the IP address of the host in the box and click Run The result of route trace will be shown on the screen Diagnostics gt gt Trace Route Trace Route Trace through WANT Host IP Address fs Run Result Clear Trace through WaNl traceroute to 172 16 35 229 30 hops wax 1 Request timed out t 2 Request timed out T Trace complete Trace through Use the drop down list to choose the WAN interface that you want to ping through or choose Unspecified to be determined by the router automatically Host IP Address It indicates the IP address of the host Run Click this button to start route tracing work Clear Click this link to remove the result on the window igor2930 Series User s Guide i Dra
77. time out Disable Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for 178 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec Default SIP Account igor2930 Series User s Guide detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book profiles Refer to section 3 11 1 DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Check this box to invoke this function A notice sound will appear to tell the user new phone call is waiting for your response Click hook flash to pick up the waiting phone call Check this box to invoke this function Click hook flash to initiate another phone call When the phone call connection succeeds hang up the phone The other two sides can communicate then Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will
78. w If you choose Any as ISDN SO port when the router receives the incoming phone call with certain number for reaching ISDN SO all the phone sets connected to ISDN SO will ring at the same time CLIR means Calling Line Identification Restriction If you choose this item we will not let remote side see your phone number Such function depends on environment that ISP offers to you Usually hidden telephone number is not permitted under many real circumstances CLIP means Calling Line Identification Presentation Usually the router will send Own Number to the remote side However Own number will restrict the router displaying only one number on remote side Vigor2930 series can connect up to 6 phones at the same time Therefore if CLIP is selected the external MSN numbers that you setup will be displayed to remote side a Dray Tek Application Example You got ISDN numbers with 5972720 5972729 from your ISP and you try to connect ISDN TE port to ISDN network Please refer to the following configuration Open ISDN gt gt General Setup and set as the following ISDN gt gt General Setup ISDN Setup ISDN Port Enable Disable Blocked MSN numbers for the router Country Code Intemational b 1 D channel Mode ol Point to Point lr ISONI zie m 3 2 Point to Multipoint E int to pni enue Poire to pora 2 Point to Multipoint 5 Own Number 5972726 Own Number means that the router will
79. 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start End Binding Fragmented Binding Protocol ANY v Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name loadbal Algorithm Round Robin Jj Detailed information for this dialog see later section Advanced Load Balance and Backup Status After choosing one of the profile listed above please click Enable to activate this profile If you click Disable the selected or current used VPN TRUNK Backup Load Balance mechanism profile will not have any effect for VPN tunnel Profile Name Type a name for VPN TRUNK profile Each profile can group two VPN connections set in LAN to LAN The saved VPN profiles in LAN to LAN will be shown on Member and Member fields Member 1 Member2 Display the selection for LAN to LAN dial out profiles configured in VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for you to choose for grouping under certain VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile No Index number of LAN to LAN dial out profile Name Profile name of LAN to LAN dial out profile Connection Type Connection type of LAN to LAN dial out profile VPN ServerIP Private Network VPN Server IP of LAN to LAN dial out profiles Attribute Mode Display available mode for you to choose Choose Backup or Load Balance for your router Add and save new profile to the backup profile list The corresponding members LAN to L
80. 1 15 192 169 1 65 a T all FTPY TCR 20 Edit the Service Type for Class Rule To add a new service type edit or delete an existed service type please click the Edit link under Service Type field Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup i Class Class Class aud Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 m m Others Bandwidth Control WAMI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 25 256 Inactive Setup WAN Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 259 259 25 259 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page igor2930 Series User s Guide 107 Dray Te k Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service User Defined Service Type NO Name Protocol Port 1 Empty z For adding a new service type click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Service Type Edit Port Configuration Type Single Range Port Number qo lo Service Name Type in a new service for your request Service Type Choose the type TCP UDP or TCP UDP for the new service Port Configuration Click Single or Range as the Type If you select Range you have to type in the starting port number and the end porting number on the boxes below Port Number Type in the starting port number and the end porting number here if you choose Range as the type By the way you can set up to 40 s
81. 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes If necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another YPN Client Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Do another VPN Server Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server Wizard Setup through VPN Server Wizard View more detailed Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote configuration Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration Dray Te k 122 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 9 2 VPN Server Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN server Such wizard will guide to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial in connection from client to server step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment YPN Server Mode Selection site to site VPN LAN to LAN ka Please choose a LAM to LAN Profile Index Status Name w Please choose a Dial in User Accounts Allowed Dial in Type PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy VPN Server Mode Choose the direction for the VPN server Selection Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in User To set a LAN to LAN profile automatically please choose Site to Site VPN Remote Dial in Us
82. 3 SIP Account for MSN36 SIP Account for MSN37 SIP Account for MSN368 SIP Account for MSN39 C Play dial tone only when account registered Default Call Route O To ISDN Dial for YoIPR To VoIP Dial for ISDN Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or 182 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide DND Do Not Disturb mode CLIR hide caller ID Call Waiting Call Transfer Prefer Codec igor2930 Series User s Guide abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone call During the period the one who dial in will listen busy tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone
83. 32 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication C Enable this account Idle Timeout Allowed Dial In Type ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy SSL Tunnel C Specify Remote Node Username eee C Enable Mobile One Time Passwords mOTP3 IKE Authentication Method second s Password Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5094 Remote Client IP or Peer ISON Number orPeerID Netbios Naming Packet Pass O Block OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 3 Multicast via YPN SSL VPN Set SSL Web Proxy Enable this account ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP igor2930 Series User s Guide IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP DES SIDES AES Localo optiona Callback Function COl Check to enable Callback function C Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget rminutets Callback Number Check the box to enable this function Idle Timeout If the dial in user is idle over the limitation of the timer the router will drop this connection By default the Idle Timeout is set to 300 seconds Allow the remote ISDN dial in connection You can further set up Callback function below You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is for S model only Allow the remote dial i
84. 4 ame LogOQut q e SEE LogQut 25 LogOut 10 lhe E sE LogQut 26 LogQut 11 ees Bee Lee LogQut 2T LoqgOut 1 Eon a LogQut 28 LogQut 13 ZAE LogQut 29 LogQut 14 sas EE LogQut 30 LogQut hn ae a Logout 31 s S ae LogQut 16 a5 Logout 32 ses maa LogQut 3 16 7 Data Flow Monitor This page displays the running procedure for the IP address monitored and refreshes the data in an interval of several seconds The IP address listed here is configured in Bandwidth Management You have to enable IP bandwidth limit and IP session limit before invoke Data Flow Monitor If not a notification dialog box will appear to remind you enabling it Limit Session Enable Disable Default Max Sessions 100 Limitation List Index Start IP End IF Click Diagnostics and click Data Flow Monitor to open the web page Dray Te k 240 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Diagnostics gt gt Data Flow Monitor LC Enable Data Flow Monitor Pefresh Seconds Page Refresh Index IF Address TX rate Kbps RX rate Kbps Sessions Action Current Peak Speed Current Peak Speed Current Peak WANI 172 16 3 229 i 1655 Aube 1 852 Auto Ses WAN 0707 Auto 07 07 Auto Total 1 1655 Auto 1 852 Auto 6 44 Note 1 Click Block to prevent specified PC fram surfing Internet for 5 minutes 2 The IP blocked by the router will be shown
85. 4 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Advanced Certificate Requests You can request a certificate for yourself another user or a computer using one of the following methods Note that the policy of the certification authority CA will determine the certificates that you can obtain Submit a certificate request to this CA using a form Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file Request a certificate for a smart card on behalf of another user using the Smart Card Enrollment Station You must have an enroliment agent certificate to submit a request for another user Import the X509 Local Certificate Requet text file Select Router Offline request or IPSec Offline request below Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Submit A Saved Request Paste a base64 encoded PKCS 10 certificate request or PKCS 7 renewal request generated by an external application such as a web server into the request field to submit the request to the certification authority CA Saved Request BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBQ jICCARNC AQAWOTELNAKGALUEBHNCVFCxXEDAO Baseb4 Encoded BokqhkiG9wOBCOEWEXByZXNzOGRYYX1OZUsuy2z9t E Certificate Request A4GNADCBiQKBGQDOYB7wmZFfLFhNG TeQnGO3 Xk PKCS 10 or 7 h 4bp89c UF SA LOACGGIM tc BOckdce ZdPFFvIxXcP3 x G
86. AN interface If this field is blank it means that all the source IPs inside the LAN will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the destination IP end for the specified WAN interface If this field is blank it means that all the destination IPs will be passed through the WAN interface Type the destination port start for the destination IP Type the destination port end for the destination IP If this field is blank it means that all the destination ports will be passed through the WAN interface a Dray Tek 3 2 LAN Local Area Network LAN is a group of subnets regulated and ruled by router The design of network structure is related to what type of public IP addresses coming from your ISP 3 2 1 Basics of LAN The most generic function of Vigor router is NAT It creates a private subnet of your own As mentioned previously the router will talk to other public hosts on the Internet by using public IP address and talking to local hosts by using its private IP address What NAT does is to translate the packets from public IP address to private IP address to forward the right packets to the right host and vice versa Besides Vigor router has a built in DHCP server that assigns private IP address to each local host See the following diagram for a briefly understanding Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address e er SS i M M N i Private Subnet Route
87. AN profiles grouped in such new VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in red VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile will be locked The profiles in 150 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide LAN to LAN will be displayed in blue Edit Click this button to save the changes to the Status Enable or Disable profile name member1 or member2 Delete Click this button to delete the selected VPN TRUNK profile The corresponding members LAN to LAN profiles grouped in the deleted VPN TRUNK profile will be released and that profiles in LAN to LAN will be displayed in black Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism will be activated automatically after the initial connection of single VPN Tunnel off line The content in Member1 2 within VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile is similar to dial out profile configured in LAN to LAN web page VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile will process and handle everything unless it is off line once it is activated Time for activating VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile After finishing the connection for one tunnel the other tunnel will dial out automatically within two seconds Therefore you can choose any one of members under VPN Load Balance for dialing out Time for activating VPN TRUNK Dial out when VPN Load Balance Disconnected
88. AN2 that entered in general setup Physical Mode It shows the physical port for WAN1 WAN2 Access Mode Use the drop down list to choose a proper access mode The details page of that mode will be popped up If not click Details Page for accessing the page to configure the settings static or Dynamic IP static or Dynamic IP PRTPR There are three access modes provided for PPPoE Static or Dynamic IP and PPTP Details Page This button will open different web page according to the access mode that you choose in WANI or WAN2 Dray Te k 32 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Details Page for PPPoE To use PPPoE as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPPoE mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPPoE Client Mode PPP MP Setup OQ Enable Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP w Idle Timeout second s ISP Access Setup IF Address Assignment Method Username L apep WAN IP Alas Password Fixe tp Yes No Dynamic 1P Index 1 153 in Schedule Setup Fixed IP Address Oooo ISON Dial Backup Setup Default MAC Address Dial Backup Mode Specify a MAC Address MAC Address WAN Connection Detection 60 FF Hez e Jas Ping IP 172 16 3 1 TTL 2 Max 1492 PPPoE Client Mode Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable this function will be closed and all the settings t
89. APP Enforcement Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name 00000 IM Object P2P Object Protocol Object Misc Object Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Each profile can contain three objects settings IM Object P2P Object and Misc Object Such profile can be applied in the Firewall gt gt General Setup and Firewall gt gt Filter Setup pages as the standard for the host s to follow 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Profile To provide an appropriate cyberspace to users Vigor router equips with URL Content Filter not only to limit illegal traffic from to the inappropriate web sites but also prohibit other web feature where malicious code may conceal Once a user type in or click on an URL with objectionable keywords URL keyword blocking facility will decline the HTTP request to that web page thus can limit user s access to the website You may imagine URL Content Filter as a well trained convenience store clerk who won t sell adult magazines to teenagers At office URL Content Filter can also provide a job related only environment hence to increase the employee work efficiency How can URL Content Filter work better than traditional firewall in the field of filtering Because it checks the URL strings or some of HTTP data hiding in the payload of TCP packets while legacy firewall inspects packets based on the fields of TCP IP headers only On the other hand Vigor router can prevent user from accidentally downloading malicious codes fro
90. Because our IDSN link type is Dial On Demand the connection will be initiated only when needed Bandwidth On Demand is for Multiple Link PPP ML PPP or MP The parameters are only applied when you set the Link Type to Dialup BOD The ISDN usually use one B channel to access the Internet or remote network when you choose the Dialup BOD link type The router will use the parameters here to decide on when you activate drop the additional B channel Note that cps characters per second measures the total link utilization High Water Mark and High Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be activated With the first connected channel if its utilization exceeds the High Water Mark and such a channel is being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be activated Thus the total link speed will be 128kbps two B channels Low Water Mark and Low Water Time These parameters specify the situation in which the second channel will be dropped In terms of the two B channels if their utilization is under the Low Water Mark and these two channels are being used over the High Water Time the additional channel will be dropped As a result the total link speed will be 64kbps one B channel a Dray Tek 3 13 Wireless LAN This function is used for n models only 3 13 1 Basic Concepts Over recent years the market for wireless communications has enjoyed tremendous growth
91. DN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 Link Type Username Password PPP Authentication YJ Compression Off IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IKE Pre Shared Key Digital Signature x 509 IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup bt tL UL Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote E If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for YPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 220 135 240 210 connection PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Link Type Username draytek Password eecccce PPP Authentication PAP CHAP YJ Compression on O off IKE Authentication Method r Digital Signature x 509 Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH High ESP Index 1 15 in 4 Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote Schedule Setup Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router B dial in to build VPN
92. Displays the speed of transmitted octets at the ISDN interface Displays the total number of received packets at the ISDN interface Displays the speed of received octets at the ISDN interface Displays the total uptime of the interface Displays the charge information of the interface a Dray Tek Dial ISDN Allows you to dial ISDN connection Drop B1 B2 Allows you to drop B1 or B2 connection Note The words in green mean that the WAN connection of that interface WANI WAN2 is ready for accessing Internet the words in red mean that the WAN connection of that interface WAN1 WAN2 is not ready for accessing Internet 2 5 Saving Configuration Each time you click OK on the web page for saving the configuration you can find messages showing the system interaction with you Ready indicates the system is ready for you to input settings Settings Saved means your settings are saved once you click Finish or OK button D P ay T e k 28 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 Advanced Web Configuration After finished basic configuration of the router you can access Internet with ease For the people who want to adjust more setting for suiting his her request please refer to this chapter for getting detailed information about the advanced configuration of this router As for other examples of application please refer to chapter 4 Quick Start Wizard offers user an easy method to quick setup the connection mode for the router Mor
93. ERBEE EEE FeEEFBREBEPrPPPrPeee e Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile Profile Index 1 Check for Disallow Select All Protocol Applications C SoulSeek SoulSeek COl eDonkey eDonkey eMule Shareaza ClFastTrack Kazaa BearShare iMesh OpenFT KCeasy FilePipe Gnutella BearShare Limewire Shareaza Foxy OpenNap Lopster xNap WinLop LJ BitTorrent BitTorrent BitSpirit BitComet LI winny Winny Winks Share Other PZF Applications LJ Xunlei L Vvagaa LJPP365 LJpaca LJ clubbox LJ Ares JezPeer JPando Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items In the above figure BitTorrent protocol is disallowed if you apply such object profile as filtering rule setting in Firewall igor2930 Series User s Guide 87 Dray Te k 3 5 10 Protocol Object This page allows you to set 32 profiles for applications in protocol communication These profiles will be applied in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile for filtering Objects Setting gt gt Protocol Object Profile Protocol Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 1 2 18 3 19 4 20 F 21 G 22 Le 23 8 24 J 23 10 2b 11 2 12 2 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 32 S
94. Enable the Function and Add a Dynamic DNS Account 1 Assume you have a registered domain name from the DDNS provider say hostname dyndns org and an account with username test and password test 2 Inthe DDNS setup menu check Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup Dynamic DNS Setup Setto Factory Default icy Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Force Update Accounts Index WAN Interface Domain Name Active 1 WANI First a 2 WARK T First FS 3 WAMI First Clear All Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Enable Dynamic DNS Setup Check this box to enable DDNS function Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of DDNS setup to set account s WAN Interface Display current WAN interface used for accessing Internet Domain Name Display the domain name that you set on the setting page of DDNS setup igor2930 Series User s Guide 109 Dr ay Te k Active Display if this account is active or inactive View Log Display DDNS log status Force Update Force the router updates its information to DDNS server 3 Select Index number 1 to add an account for the router Check Enable Dynamic DNS Account and choose correct Service Provider dyndns org type the registered hostname hostname and domain name suffix dyndns org in the Domain Name block The following two blocks should be typed your account Login Name test
95. For there is one Tunnel created and connected successfully to keep the load balance effect between two tunnels auto dial will be executed within two seconds To close two tunnels of load balance after connecting please click Disable for Status in General Setup field How can you set a VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile 1 First of all go to VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Set two or more LAN to LAN profiles first that will be used for Member and Member72 If you do not set enough LAN to LAN profiles you cannot operate VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile management well 2 Access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management 3 Set one group of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism backup profile by choosing Enable radio button type a name for such profile e g 071023 choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member drop down list choose one of the LAN to LAN profiles from Member2 drop down list and click Add at last General Setup Status Enable Disable Profile Name 071023 Memberi Please choose the combination that you vant Member2 Please choose the combination that you want peg leas hoose the combination that you want Attribute Mode No lt Name gt Connection Type gt VEH ServerlP Private Network gt 1 To A PlaceIPSec 192 168 2 25 20 20 20 0 2 To B Site IPSec 192 168 2 26 20 20 21 0 Add Edit Delete igor2930 Seri
96. G2 IKE phase 2 proposal HMAC_SHA1 HMAC_MD5 IKE phase 1 key lifetime 28800 900 86400 IKE phase 2 key lifetime 3800 600 86400 Perfect Forward Secret Disable Enable Local ID IKE phase 1 mode Select from Main mode and Aggressive mode The ultimate outcome is to exchange security proposals to create a protected secure channel Main mode is more secure than Aggressive mode since more exchanges are done in a secure channel to set up the IPSec session However the Aggressive mode is faster The default value in Vigor router is Main mode IKE phase 1 proposal To propose the local available authentication schemes and encryption algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Two combinations are available for Aggressive mode and nine for Main mode We suggest you select the combination that covers the most schemes IKE phase 2 proposal To propose the local available algorithms to the VPN peers and get its feedback to find a match Three combinations are available for both modes We suggest you select the combination that covers the most algorithms IKE phase 1 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 28800 seconds You may specify a value in between 900 and 86400 seconds IKE phase 2 Key lifetime For security reason the lifetime of key should be defined The default value is 3600 seconds a Dray Tek You may specify a value in between
97. HblolktScTdaLUDaFk6s8d 3uwDeQytoViLBJz2IDFOx4jxX6ipTevl87 twwTsg41qZ60k rGhuVTKda3j6PlernkP dus4t23cUBaAMD4uscsVmS yD ISHLAJAxVYPUpNKVIroT2RZjKRMAaHEWpYpwIDAQAB oCkwJwYJ Koz ThycNaGkOMNRowGDAUBGNVHREEDzaNggtkemF 5adGVrLmNvbTanbokq hkiGSwOBAQUF AACBgGQAuSBRUGtC4ULHHON6 HwToemitHObew Xkvg t7 kFlzTJiHh uRLq4CiEi 6nV4hMRytcxZpEZ6sMarSqgRRErs6Ro0s8Ix0145560xCZ N1Gh9VOsI1 I9SFqkiIJNihip4TcjecSNNZ jmOo5SWU Bces8TG ScBCyejqu fo AIOFajBIGviw 4 Connect to CA server via web browser Follow the instruction to submit the request Below we take a Windows 2000 CA server for example Select Request a Certificate Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail client or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task O Retrieve the CA certificate or certificate revocation list Request a certificate O Check on a pending certificate igor2930 Series User s Guide 271 Dr ay Te k Select Advanced request Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Choose Request Type Please select the type of request you would like to make User certificate request Advanced request Select Submit a certificate request a base6
98. IP Broadband Connection on gt Router i My Network Places sana Packets K My Documents Sent 404 fad ig My Computer y __LAN or High Speed Internet P cee nen Connection D E KRTLS 13 Ox Farnily Received 1 115 EBG Details Network Connections System Folder Close The UPnP facility on the router enables UPnP aware applications such as MSN Messenger to discover what are behind a NAT router The application will also learn the external IP address and configure port mappings on the router Subsequently such a facility forwards packets from the external ports of the router to the internal ports used by the application D F ay Tek 114 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Advanced Settings po Services Select the services running on your network that Internet users can ACCESE O Ftp Esample menmegr 192 168 29 11 131735 60654 UDF A menmegr 192 168 29 11 7824 13251 UDP menmsar 192 168 29 11 8789 63231 TCP Thit connection allows pou to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer ee Show icon in notification area when connected ro Edit me E D _ al The reminder as regards concern about Firewall and UPnP Can t work with Firewall Software Enabling firewall applications on your PC may cause the UPnP function not working properly This is because these applications will block the accessing ability of some network ports Security C
99. ISDN2 S0 DTD If you choose ISDN2 S0O please refer to Detailed Settings for Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 SO for the configuration However if you choose ISDN TE and click the number link for that port you will see the following page igor2930 Series User s Guide 187 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt Phone Settings ISDN2 TE Call Feature Codecs LJ Hotline ISDN gt VolP Prefer Codec 7204 5 oKbps Ol Single Codec Cl Session Timer J600 zec Packet Size Call Forwarding voice Active Detector 1 DND De Not Disturb Mode Default SIP Account O Play dial tone only when account registered Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup EXO feature _ _ _ _ C Enable VoIP to ISDN Off Net Calls Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will LJ Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls be ignored Loop Through to Phone Port Index 1 60 in Phone Book as Exception List Only when Router MSN mapping ring port is E E E E not set then this will take effect Broadcast call Phonei Phone Loop Through to ISDN1 S0 Port C CLIR hide caller ID Hotline Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Session Timer Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically Call Forwarding There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call fo
100. Information Protocol is abbreviated as RIP RFC1058 specifying how routers exchange routing tables information Click Enable RIP for activating this function Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 This group allows you to obtain an IP address automatically and allows you type in IP address manually WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only E WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 3 229 Y Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically if you want to use Dynamic IP mode Router Name Type in the router name provided by ISP Domain Name Type in the domain name that you have assigned Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify som
101. Keyword Object or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group or Keyword Group Enable Restrict Web Feature Check this box to make the keyword being blocked or passed Action This setting is available only when Either URL Access Control First or Either Web Feature Firs is selected Pass allows accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Pass Allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below Block Restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the keywords listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action Cookie Check the box to filter out the cookie transmission from inside to outside world to protect the local user s privacy Proxy Check the box to reject any proxy transmission To control efficiently the limited bandwidth usage it will be of great value to provide the blocking mechanism that filters out the multimedia files downloading from web pages Upload Check the box to reject any file upload job File Extension Profile Choose one of the profiles that you configured in Object Setting gt gt File Extension Objects 2 Dray Tek previously for passing or blocking the file downloading File Extension Profile 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile There are three ways to activate WCF on vigo
102. MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP PAP or CHAP Start IP Address 192 166 171 200 Authentication ee MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using PSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IKE IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both parties have known igor2930 Series User s Guide 255 Dr ay Tek VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP Moes Mapes Aes Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Go to Remote Dial In User Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow the remote user dial in to build VPN connection If an PSec based service is selected you may further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Idle Timeout 300 LIsername per second s Password Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunne
103. Mode nBand Payload Type RFC2833 Dial Tone Power Level Authentication PIN Code C Check for ISDN to YoIP Calls 0000 C Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls 0000 K Cancel Region Dray Tek Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Congestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone 190 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC Authentication PIN Code DTMP igor2930 Series User s Guide Tone Settings Region User Defined ow H Dia Ringilltaly 0 Speaker slovakia a i Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Check for ISDN to VoIP Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial ISDN to VoIP call The figure that you can type in this f
104. MvoIP1 VvoIp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 1 John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1 234 E l draytel org Loop through None z Backup Phone Number VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name liptel 1 11 char max Register via Auto Nj make call without register SIP Port 5060 Domain Realm iptel org 63 char max Proxy liptel org 63 char max O Act as outbound proxy Display Name David 23 char max Account Number Name 4321 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password esoe 63 char max Expiry Time 1 hour sec NAT Traversal Support None E Myvoip1 Ovoirp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 1 Ring Port David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John A Dray Tek Example 2 Both John and David have SIP Addresses from the same service provider John s SIP URL 1234 draytel org David s SIP URL 4321 draytel org Settings for John DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name draytel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Auth
105. N number when it s placing an outgoing call Goto Phone Settings ta change ISON TE NT type MSM numbers for Index che rauty Mapping to Phone Ports Phone CLIR CLIP 1 Phone Diphone2 Dispni so Any M Oo OG 2 phone Dphone2 Dispni so Any Oo O a phonei OPhonez Disoni so Any Oo A 4 phone Dphone2 Dispni so Any Oo P JPhonei L Phone2 Cispni so Any M Oo Oo e phone Dphone2 Dispni so Any Oo P 7 phone1 Dphone2 Dispni so Any Oo P Bi JPhonet CL Phone Orsoni so Any MI Oo oO 9 phonei Diphone2 DOisoni solAny M Oo oc oe LJPhone1 LC Phone Orsoni so Any M Oo oO MSN Numbers means that the router is able to accept number matched incoming calls In addition MSN service should be supported by the local ISDN network provider ISDN Port Click Enable to open the ISDN port and Disable to close it Country Code For proper operation on your local ISDN network you should choose the correct country code D Channel Mode It allows you to configure ISDN layer2 protocol as Point to Point Configure ISDN port to use static TEI Terminal Endpoint Identifier Point to Multipoint Configure ISDN port to use Dynamic TEI Own Number Enter your ISDN number that you got from ISDN service provider To have such number you have offer your request from ISDN service provider first Every outgoing call will carry the number to the receiver Blocked MSN Numbers for Enter the specified MSN number into the f
106. NS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 1 1 347390 214004 If both the Primary IP and Secondary IP Address fields are left empty the router will assign its own IP address to local users as a DNS proxy server and maintain a DNS cache If the IP address of a domain name is already in the DNS cache the router will resolve the domain name immediately Otherwise the router forwards the DNS query packet to the external DNS server by establishing a WAN e g DSL Cable connection There are two common scenarios of LAN settings that stated in Chapter 4 For the configuration examples please refer to that chapter to get more information for your necessity 3 2 3 Static Route Go to LAN to open setting page and choose Static Route LAN gt Static Route Setup Dray Tek Static Route Configuration Setto Factory Default View Routing Table Index Destination Address Status Index Destination Address Status 1 TTT T G TTT TTT T T TTT T 3 TER T a TTT 4 TTT T 9 TTT T 5 TTT T 10 TPT T Status v Active Inactive 7 Empty 46 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Index The number 1 to 10 under Index allows you to open next page to set up static route Destination Address Displays the destination address of the static route Status Displays the status of the static route Viewing Routing Table Displays the routing table for your reference Diagnostics gt gt
107. O YoIP Collection Timer SEC VoIP Collection Timer Length i Phone List Port There are four phone ports provided here for you to configure Three Index 1 to 3 are fixed and one Index 4 is configurable Phonel and Phone2 allow you to set general settings for PSTN phones ISDN1 S0 and ISDN2 TE allow you to set common settings for ISDN network connection ISDN2 port is configurable Please use the drop down list to choose ISDN2 TE for Internet connection or choose ISDN2 S0 ISDN intern for ISDN phone In addition you can connect six phones to this router in certain case Please refer to Section 4 1 for detailed information of ISDN phone network connection J 6 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek If you want to enable function of ISDN On Net Off Net you have to choose ISDN2 TE Call Feature A brief description for call feature will be shown in this field for your reference Codec The default Codec setting for each port will be shown in this field for your reference You can click the number below the Index field to change it for each phone port Tone Display the tone settings that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Gain Display the volume gain settings for Mic Speaker that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index Default SIP Account draytel_1 is the default SIP account You can click the number below the Index field to change SIP account for each
108. OATCTVO QzpxroCwlJIT ILS4S50 Bn9v50951G v lt gt Browse for a file to insert Certificate Template Administrator v Administrator Additional Attribu Authenticated Session Basic EFS i _ EFS Recovery Agent Attributes oor Router Offline request Subordinate Certification Authority Web Server Then you have done the request and the server now issues you a certificate Select Base 64 encoded certificate and Download CA certificate Now you should get a certificate cer file and save it 5 Back to Vigor router go to Local Certificate Click IMPORT button and browse the file to import the certificate cer file into Vigor router When finished click refresh Dray Te k 212 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide and you will find the below window showing BEGINE CERTIFICATE i Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TWyrO Draytek emailaddress Mot Valid Yet GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MITBQICCARMC ADAWOTELHARGALUEBHNCYFCHEDACBRGNVEAGTBORYYS1LOZWsx ID de BokqHEIGOWOBCQEWESERyYZsN2zOGRyYAlLOeWsuYe SCM IGLMADGCS GAGs Ins DOERAGUA L4GNADCBAiQKBGODP ioahu gF OaYBlceSOERSD WknIdub lolktScTaLUDaFkesad SubegytoViLBJ 22 IDFOx eb6iprevleituylsgq4lgz60k rGhuVTKd9 76PlernkP Aus4te253 ct UbBaAND4wocevms yD IShHLAIAEVYPUpNRYIroTe Re RkRMAaAHEVpYpwiDsoib oCku
109. Others 25 0 Outbound Status Others 10 Bps Edit the Class Rule for QoS The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity To add edit or delete the class rule please click the Edit link of that one Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Index Status Bandwidth WANT Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps Class Rule Index Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Directon a Ges Others Bana d Control 25 25 2556 25 Inactive Setup 259 25 2556 2596 Inactive Setup Mame Rule Service Type Edit Edit After you click the Edit link you will see the following page Now you can define the name for that Class In this case Test is used as the name of Class Index 1 igor2930 Series User s Guide ios Dray Tek Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 Name DiffServ WO Status Local Address Remote Address CodePoint Service Type 1 Empty z For adding a new rule click Add to open the following page Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Rule Edit ACT DiffServ CodePaint ANY Service Type ANY w Note Please choose setup the Service Type first ACT Check this box to invoke these settings Local Address Click the Edit button to set the local IP address on LAN for the rule Remote Address Click the Edit button to set the remote IP address on LAN WAN for the rule Edit It allows you to e
110. Out Index i Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest IP Start 0 0 0 0 end 0 0 0 0 Binding Dest Port Start fi End 65535 Binding Fragmented NO Binding Protocol ANY c OK Close Detail Information VPN Load Balance Profile name VpnLEB1 j Algorithm Fastest Yo 1 gt Tunnel Bind Table Idnex 2 Binding Dial Out Index Binding protocol TCP Protocol 6 192 168 10 24 192 168 10 24 192 168 1 20 192 168 1 20 Binding Srce IP Binding Dst IP Binding Dst Port 20 21 Binding Fragmented NO Note To configure a successful binding tunnel you have to Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose YES or NO for Binding Fragmented If you choose YES for Binding Fragmented you don t need to choose Binding Protocol Type Binding Src IP range Start and End and Binding Des IP range Start and End Choose YES or NO for Binding Fragmented If you choose NO for Binding Fragmented please choose TCP UDP IGMP ICMP or Other as Binding Protocol igor2930 Series User s Guide 155 Dray Te k Advanced Backup hitp 192 168 1 1 TEN Backup Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles VPN Backup Advance Settings Profile Name 071023 ERD Mode Normal O Recover Timer 3600 CD or 60 2147493647 Resume Detail Information Environment Recovers Detection ERD Status Normal Mode Profile Name List t
111. PCs can access into Internet And the web configurator of the router might not be accessed 3 2 6 Web Authentication The purpose of web authentication is to offer a convenient accessing management When such function is enabled all the users in LAN side without passing the web authentication cannot access into network through the router Dray Tek LAN gt Web Authentication Web Authentication Web Authentication Account Setting Timeout Setting Welcome Message OQEnable Disable C Bypass IP in IP MAC binding list Allaw user login with the same account Common account ID draytek By Share von remote dial in profile Account Setting OQ Enable Disable Logout at los bo everyday Logout every aso minutes 1 65535 Logout when idle time out 5 minutes 1 1440 Welcome to Vigor V2930 Web Authentication Go to check the Connection Status Web Authentication Account Setting Timeout Setting Click Enable to activate such feature The default setting is Disable Bypass IP in IP MAC binding list All the clients with the IP listed in Bind IP to MAC can access into Internet without passing the web authentication If you check this box the function of web authentication will be disabled Allow user login with the same account check this box to let the user s login router s web page with the same account Common account please specify a name with a password as the identificati
112. PN and Remote Dial in User selected Dray Te k 124 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide After making the choices for the server profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection you made Here we take the example of choosing Remote Dial in User as the VPN Server Mode When you check PPTP L2TP with IPSec Policy None you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec Authentication Username er When you check PPTP IPSec L2TP three types or PPTP IPSec two types or L2TP with IPSec Policy Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting PPTP LETP LETP over IPSec Authentication Username server IPSec LTP over IPSec Authentication C Digital Signature 509 Feer ID Peer IPAVYPN Client IP 192 168 1 99 igor2930 Series User s Guide 125 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek When you check IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard VPN Authentication Setting IPSec f L2TP over IPSec Authentication Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 5095 Peer ID Peer IP YPN Client IP Peer ID Profile Name User Name Password Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer IP VPN Client IP Peer ID Remo
113. PPoE interface Then click Next for next step igor2930 Series User s Guide 17 Dray Tek Quick Start Wizard Connect to Internet WAN 1 Select one of the following Internet Access types provided by your ISP PPPoE PPTF L2TP Static IP DHCP In the Quick Start Wizard you can configure the router to access the Internet with different protocol modes such as PPPoE PPTP L2TP Static IP or DHCP The router supports the DSL WAN interface for Internet access 2 2 1 PPPoE PPPoE stands for Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet It relies on two widely accepted standards PPP and Ethernet It connects users through an Ethernet to the Internet with a common broadband medium such as a single DSL line wireless device or cable modem All the users over the Ethernet can share a common connection PPPoE is used for most of DSL modem users All local users can share one PPPoE connection for accessing the Internet Your service provider will provide you information about user name password and authentication mode If your ISP provides you the PPPoE connection please select PPPoE for this router The following page will be shown Quick Start Wizard PPPoE Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name and password provided by your ISP User Name B4005 755 hinet net Password PT TTiii ty Confirm Password TITILL User Name Assign a specific valid user name provided by the ISP Password Assign a valid password provi
114. Password click OK If you pass the authentication you will see the following page DrayTek WEB Authentication User login succeeds Now please surf the Internet igor2930 Series User s Guide 53 Dray Te k 3 3 NAT Usually the router serves as an NAT Network Address Translation router NAT is a mechanism that one or more private IP addresses can be mapped into a single public one Public IP address is usually assigned by your ISP for which you may get charged Private IP addresses are recognized only among internal hosts When the outgoing packets destined to some public server on the Internet reach the NAT router the router will change its source address into the public IP address of the router select the available public port and then forward it At the same time the router shall list an entry in a table to memorize this address port mapping relationship When the public server response the incoming traffic of course is destined to the router s public IP address and the router will do the inversion based on its table Therefore the internal host can communicate with external host smoothly The benefit of the NAT includes Save cost on applying public IP address and apply efficient usage of IP address NAT allows the internal IP addresses of local hosts to be translated into one public IP address thus you can have only one IP address on behalf of the entire internal hosts Enhance security of the internal netw
115. PnP is available on Windows XP and the router provides the associated support for MSN Messenger to allow full use of the voice video and messaging features Applications gt gt UPnP C Enable Connection control Service C Enable Connection Status Service Note If you intend running UPnP service inside your LAN you should check the appropriate service above to allow control as well as the appropriate UPnP settings Enable UPNP Service Accordingly you can enable either the Connection Control Service or Connection Status Service After setting Enable UPNP Service setting an icon of IP Broadband Connection on Router on Windows XP Network Connections will appear The connection status and control status will be able to be activated The NAT Traversal of UPnP enables the multimedia features of your applications to operate This has to manually set up port mappings or use other similar methods The screenshots below show examples of this facility Address e Network Connections IP Broadband Connection on Router Status AA Broadband Network Tasks General A hend E Create a new connection cted f Set up a home or small y WAN l Mirip ort PPPOE Internet Gateway office network Ghats Connected _ Dial up Duration 00 19 06 See Also s 7 test Speed 100 0 Mbps i Network Troubleshooter Al rapist PES a Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer Other Places wd ie J G Control Panel
116. Pratocal NTP RFC 1305 Server IP Address pool ntp org Time Zone GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Enable Daylight Saving F Automatically Update Interval Current System Time Click Inquire Time to get the current time Use Browser Time Select this option to use the browser time from the remote administrator PC host as router s system time Use Internet Time Select to inquire time information from Time Server on the Internet using assigned protocol Time Protocol Select a time protocol Server IP Address Type the IP address of the time server Time Zone Select the time zone where the router is located Automatically Update Interval Select a time interval for updating from the NTP server Click OK to save these settings Dray Te k 232 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 15 7 Management This page allows you to manage the settings for access control access list port setup and SMP setup For example as to management access control the port number is used to send receive SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 and this must match with the peer Registrar when making VoIP calls System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Router Mame Management Access Control Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Telnet Port Default 23 O Allow management from the Internet HTTP Port Default 80 FIP Server HTTP Server HTTPS Server Telnet Server SSH Server Disa
117. Protocol WAN Interface WAN IP Dray Tek ALL ALL w WANT y 1 172 16 3 102 vl Check to enable this entry l Specify the transport layer protocol It could be TCP UDP or ALL for selection Choose the WAN interface for such address mapping profile Select an IP address the selections provided here are set in IP Alias List of Network gt gt WAN interface Local host can use this IP to connect to Internet If you want to choose any one of the Public IP settings you must 62 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide specify some IP addresses in the IP Alias List of the Static DHCP Configuration page first If you did not type in any IP address in the IP Alias List the Public IP setting will be empty in this field When you click Apply a message will appear to inform you Private IP Assign an IP address e g 192 168 1 10 or a subnet to be compared with the Public IP address for incoming packets Subnet Mask Select a value of subnet mask for private IP address 3 4 Firewall 3 4 1 Basics for Firewall While the broadband users demand more bandwidth for multimedia interactive applications or distance learning security has been always the most concerned The firewall of the Vigor router helps to protect your local network against attack from unauthorized outsiders It also restricts users in the local network from accessing the Internet Furthermore it can filter out specific packets that trigger the router to build
118. Ps provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it secondary ISP setup connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address After entering the necessary settings and clicking OK you will see Goto ISDN Diagnostic link appears on the bottom of the webpage To have an ISDN connection please click this link ISDN gt gt Dialing to a Single ISP Active Configuration ISP Access Setup PPP MP Setup aiai Numbee PPP Authentication Idle Timeout 180 seconds Sees IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Address Require ISP callback Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup gt gt Goto ISDN Diagnostic Now the system will guide you to click Dial ISDN Wait for a moment after clicking the dial link Then a successful ISDN connection will be shown as the following igor2930 Series User s Guide 199 Dr ay Te k Online Status System Status LAN Status Primary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets 192 168 1 1 419 WAN 1 Status Enable Line Name Mo Ethernet IP GW IP TX Packets D WAN 2 Status Enable Line Name No Ethernet IP GW IP TX Packets D ISDH Status Channel Active Connection TX Pkts B1 192 168 225 200 19 B 192 168 225 200 13 D IJP 3 12 4 Call Control System Uptime 0 0 49 Secondary DNS 168 95 192 1 RX Packets 360 Mode Up Time aas 00 00 00 TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate E 0 g Mode Up Time ain 00 00 00 TX
119. Rate RX Packets RX Rate E g g gt gt Dial ISDN gt gt Drop Bi gt gt Drop Be TX Rate RX Pkts RX Rate Up Time AOC 4 18 4 0 0 46 0 3 14 3 0 0 43 Oo Some applications require that the router only for the ISDN models be remotely activated or be able to dial up to the ISP via the ISDN interface Vigor routers provide this feature by allowing user to make a phone call to the router and then ask it to dial up to the ISP Accordingly a teleworker can access the remote network to retrieve resources Of course a fixed IP address is required for WAN connection and some internal network resource has to be exposed for remote users such as FTP WWW ISON gt Call Control Call Control Setup Dial Retry Dial Delay Interval PPP MP Dial Out Setup Basic Setup Link Type PPP Authentication TCP Header Compression Idle Timeout Call Control Setup Dray Tek lo times Remote Activation b second s Dialup BOD PAP or CHAP Mone ka Bandwidth On Demand BOD Setup Low Water Mark 180 second s Low Water Time High Water Mark High Water Time 30 second s 30 second s Dial Retry It specifies the dial retry counts per triggered packet A triggered packet is the packet whose destination is outside the local network The default setting is no dial retry If set to 5 for each triggered packet the router will dial 5 times until it is connected to the ISP or remote access router Dial Delay Interval
120. Regional This page allows you to process incoming or outgoing phone calls by regional Default values common used in most areas will be shown on this web page You can change the number based on the region that the router is placed Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek me VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Regional Setto Factory Default Last Call Return Miss i io Last Call Return In 12 Last Call Return Out 14 Call Forward All Act 72 number Call Forward Deact ee S H Call Forward Busy Act o0 number Call Forward No Ans Act 92 nuUmber Do Not Disturb Act Do Mot Disturb Deact 73 Hide caller ID Act Hide caller ID Deact e Call Waiting Act 6 Call Waiting Deact 6 Black Anonymous Act Block Anonymous Deact fer Block Unknow Domain Act A0 Block Unknow Domain Deact mao Black IP Calls Act 50 Block IP Calls Deact wo Black Last Calls Act Last Call Return Miss Sometimes people might miss some phone calls Please dial number typed in this field to know where the last phone call comes from and call back to that one Last Call Return In You have finished an incoming phone call however you want to call back again for some reason Please dial number typed in this field to call back to that one Last Call Return Out Dial the number typed in this field to call the previous outgoing phone call again Call Forward All Act Dial the number type
121. Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISON Number or Peer VPN Server IP C Digital Signature x 509 Peer ID orPeerID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES Callback Function CBCP LJ Enable Callback Function C Use the Following Number to Callback Callback Budget qo minutecs 4 GRE over IPSec Settings C Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec O Logical trafic My GREIP ds Peer GREIP 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction From first subnet to remote network you have ta do Remote Network IP 0 0 0 Remote Network Mask 255 2755 255 0 Remote Gateway IP Local Network 192 16811 Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 Local Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Mlore o S m Cc T Allowed Dial In Type Determine the dial in connection with different types ISDN Allow the remote ISDN LAN to LAN connection You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below This feature is useful for S model only In addition you can further set up Callback function below PPTP Allow the remote dial in user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below IPSec Tunnel Allow the remote dial in user to trigger an IPSec VPN connection through Internet L2TP Allow the remote dial in user
122. SIP WEL 123d i draytel ong Loop through Moma Backup Phone Number VolP oo SIP Accounts SIF Account Index Me 1 ox Clear Cancel Profile Name draytel 1 11 char max Registe wis Auti make call without register SIP Port 5060 Domain Resin draytel org 63 char mum Prowy draytel org 63 char mas Dact as putbound proxy Display Harin Tarwiel 23 char max Account Mumber Mame a2 63 char max oO Authenticate Th 63 char may Password 63 char mas Expiry Time 1 hour seg NAT Traversal Support More a Furey Port fivolpit vothe ISON Pirs Poot bern Cancel David calls John He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John Or He picks up the phone and dials 1234 John s Account Name 266 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 5 2 Peer to Peer Calling Example 3 Arnor and Paulin have Vigor routers respectively they can call each other without SIP Registrar First they must have each other s IP address and assign an Account Name for the port used for calling Arnor s SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Settings for Arnor DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Paulin Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Arnor Account Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry
123. SM gt gt IM P2P Profile WLAN O Wireless access point is ready Blinking It will blink while wireless traffic goes through It will blink fast when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within 2 minutes WAN1 2 On The WANI or WAN2 port is connected It will blink while transmitting data MGMT The router is managed handled by Telnet It will blink while being managed by IE browser VPN The VPN tunnel is active QoS On The QoS function is active LED on Connector Left LED The port is connected WAN 1 2 Green The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 100Mbps Green The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Left LED On The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 Green The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting Right LED On The port is connected with 1OOMbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Interface Description Factory Reset Press Factory Reset button once to make network connection through WPS Press Factory Reset button twice to enable or disable WLAN function Press Factory Reset button for 5 seconds to do the factory reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with
124. Server Port Minimum Keep Alive Period Maximum Keep Alive Period ACS Server Dray Tek PR s0695 igor o oo O second s l pae so second s ooo second s Such data must be typed according to the ACS Auto Configuration Server you want to link Please refer to VigorACS user s manual for detailed information URL Type the URL for VigorACS server If the connected CPE needs to be authenticated please set URL as the following and type username and password for VigorACS server http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services ACSServlet If the connected CPE does not need to be authenticated please set URL as the following http IP address of VigorACS 8080 ACSServer services UnAuthACSServ let 226 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Username Password Type username and password for ACS Server for authentication For example if you want to use such CPE with VigorACS you can type as the following Username acs Password password CPE Client It is not necessary for you to type them Such information is useful for Auto Configuration Server Enable Disable Sometimes port conflict might be occurred To solve such problem you might want to change port number for CPE Please click Enable and change the port number Periodic Inform Settings Disable The system will not send inform message to ACS server Enable The system will send inform message to ACS server periodically with th
125. Te k 164 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt DialPlan Setup DialPlan Configuration Phone Book Digit Map Call Barring Regional Phone Book In this section you can set your VoIP contacts in the phonebook It can help you to make calls quickly and easily by using speed dial Phone Number There are total 60 index entries in the phonebook for you to store all your friends and family members SIP addresses Loop through and Backup Phone Number will be displayed if you are using Vigor 2930V for setting the phone book VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Backup Phone Index Phone number Display Name SIP URL Loop through Hambar Status ak 688 david 8201 iptel arg None Y 2 None x g None x 4 None x h None x 6 None x Ti None x 8 None x 9 None x 10 None x TE None x 12 None a 13 None x 14 None x io None x 16 None x Te None x 18 None x 19 None x 20 None x lt lt 120 2040 4060 gt gt Next gt gt Status w Active x Inactive Empty Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Sumber Bod SIP URL 8201 liptel org Enable Click this to enable this entry Phone Number The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and igor2930 Series User s Guide 165 Dr ay Te k Display Name SIP URL The Calle
126. The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Remote Gateway IP This field is only applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above The default value is 0 0 0 0 which means the Vigor router will get a remote Gateway PPP IP address from the remote router during the IPCP negotiation phase If the PPP IP address is fixed by remote side specify the fixed IP address here Do not change the default value if you do not select ISDN PPTP or L2TP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to this Remote Network IP Address Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection For IPSec this is the destination clients IDs of phase 2 quick mode Local Network IP Local Network Mask Type the local network IP and mask for TCP IP configuration You can i Dray Tek modify the settings if required More Add a static route to direct all traffic destined to more Remote Network IP Addresses Remote Network Mask through the VPN connection This is usually used when you find there are several subnets behind the remote VPN router gy http 192 163 1 1 LAN to LAW Profile Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles Profil
127. Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for Paulin DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name Arnor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name Arnor Register via None SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm blank Proxy blank Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name Paulin Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password blank Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value igor2930 Series User s Guide Paulin s SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 1111 Display Name paulin SIP URL 4321 203 69 175 24 Loop through None Backup Phone Number VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Paulin 11 char max Register via None si O make call without register SIP Part 5060 Domain Realm 63 char max Proxy i 63 char max Fact as outbound proxy Display Name Arnor 23 char max Account Number Name 1234 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password 63 char max 1 hour v 3601 sec NAT Traversal Support None v Myvori C voilp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 4 v Expiry Time Ring Port Arnor calls Paulin He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for Arnor VolP gt gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 2222 Dis
128. User s Guide Filter Rule Click a button numbered 1 7 to edit the filter rule Click the button will open Edit Filter Rule web page For the detailed information refer to the following page Active Enable or disable the filter rule Comment Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 23 character long Move Up Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the filter rules Next Filter Set Set the link to the next filter set to be executed after the current filter run Do not make a loop with many filter sets To edit Filter Rule click the Filter Rule index button to enter the Filter Rule setup page Firewall gt gt Edit Filter Set gt gt Edit Filter Rule Filter Set 1 Rule 1 Check to enable the Filter Rule Comments mn D E T a on E Index i 15 in Schedule Setup i i i i Direction LAM WAM Source IP Any Service Type TCP UDP Port fram 137 139 to undefined Application Action Profile Syslog Filter Block Immediately ka F Branch to Other Filter Set APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Advance Setting Check to enable the Check this box to enable the filter rule Filter Rule Comments Enter filter set comments description Maximum length is 14 character long Index 1 15 Set PCs on LAN to work at certain time interval only You may choose up to 4 schedules out of the 15 schedules pre defined in Applications gt gt Schedule setup The default setting of this filed is
129. ag Router DSL information OK Clear Cancel ok Enable Click Enable to activate this function Router Name Type a name to represent the router Server IP Address The IP address of the Syslog server Destination Port Assign a port for the Syslog protocol Enable syslog message Check the box listed on this web page to send the corresponding message of firewall VPN User Access Call WAN Router DSL information to Syslog SMTP Server The IP address of the SMTP server Mail To Assign a mail address for sending mails out Return Path Assign a path for receiving the mail from outside Authentication Check this box to activate this function while using e mail application User Name Type the user name for authentication Password Type the password for authentication Click OK to save these settings For viewing the Syslog please do the following 1 Just set your monitor PC s IP address in the field of Server IP Address 2 Install the Router Tools in the Utility within provided CD After installation click on the Router Tools gt gt Syslog from program menu Dray Te k 230 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 12 Microsoft Office F Adobe Acrobat 6 0 Professional Adobe Photoshop C82 Real NC fm Router Tools 3 7 D About Router Tools fim Router Tool Y3 9 2 d ER Firmware Uperade Utility T ESTSott afi Syslog jo Uninstall Router Tools 3 7 Visit DrayTek Web Site 3 F
130. aiwan 303 Product Vigor2930 Series Router DrayTek Corp declares that Vigor2930 Series of routers are in compliance with the following essential requirements and other relevant provisions of R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EEC The product conforms to the requirements of Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC Directive 2004 108 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN55022 Class B and EN55024 Class B The product conforms to the requirements of Low Voltage LVD Directive 2006 95 EC by complying with the requirements set forth in EN60950 1 Regulatory Information Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the use is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Incre
131. al Address Remote Address DiffServ CodePoint Service Type Note Please choose setup the Service Type first 12 Then click Edit of Local Address to set a worker s subnet address Click Edit of Remote Address to set headquarter s subnet address Leave other fields and click OK Dray Te k 262 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 4 LAN Created by Using NAT An example of default setting and the corresponding deployment are shown below The default Vigor router private IP address Subnet Mask is 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 The built in DHCP server is enabled so it assigns every local NATed host an IP address of 192 168 1 x starting from 192 168 1 10 Internet DHCP Server Public IP Address Private Subnet Router IP Addres You can just set the settings wrapped inside the red rectangles to fit the request of NAT usage LAN gt General Setup Ethernet TCP IP and DHCP Setup LAN IP Network Configuration DHCP Server Configuration For WAT Usage Enable Server Disable Server Relay Agent O 1st Subnet 2nd Subnet Start IP Address 192 166 1 10 For IP Routing Usage Enable Disable IP Pool Counts so 2nd IP Address 192 168 2 1 ist IP Address 92 165 1 1 1st Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server IP Address EET E for Relay Agent DNS Server IP Address C Force DNS manual setting RIP Protocol Control Primary IP Address 2nd Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Secondary IP
132. al the number typed in this field to release this function Deact Block IP Calls Act Dial the number typed in this filed to block all the incoming calls from IP address Block IP Calls Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Last Calls Act Dial the number typed in this field to block the last incoming phone call 3 11 2 SIP Accounts In this section you set up your own SIP settings When you apply for an account your SIP service provider will give you an Account Name or user name SIP Registrar Proxy and Domain name The last three might be the same in some case Then you can tell your folks your SIP Address as in Account Name Domain name As Vigor VoIP Router is turned on it will first register with Registrar using AuthorizationUser Domain Realm After that your call will be bypassed by SIP Proxy to the destination using AccountName Domain Realm as identity Dray Te k 172 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt SIP Accounts Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Status SIP Accounts List NAT Traversal Setting STUN Server External IP SIP PING Interval change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me change_me Phone1 C ISON1 50 JISDN2 TE Phonel C IS0N1 50 C ISDN2 TE L Phonel C ISDN1 50 JISDN2 TE Phone1 JISDN1 s0 JISDN2 TE Phonel C
133. all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name 00000 Check for Disallow Select All Advanced Management Activity Application MSN YahooIM AIMf lt c v5 95 ICQ Login L LI L d Message F P F File Transfer d d d d Game P LI d LI Conference F C C C Other Activities L F F IM Application VoIP O AIME Ooo Clichat Jabber GoaogleT alk E Skype Cl GoogleChat Cl Fire C GaduGadu LJ Paltalk Fikubao Cl Onest C meetro C PocCO PP365 C AresChat l Cl Gizmo C li Olke Lava Lava cuz Oispa Oluc O MobilemMsn Web IM more than one address eMessenger WebMSN Meebo eBuddy ILovelM ICO 60 qoowy IMbaha getMessenger IMU nitive L WebIM URLs Wablet mabber MSN2ZGo KoollM MessenqerE x MessengerAdictos WebYahooIlM Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items 3 5 9 P2P Object You can define policy profiles for P2P Point to Point application The object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile page Dray Te k 86 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt P2P Object Profile P P Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name Gad fad jes e UD JP RD e pe II j j fe PPEPBAPEFEF
134. and Password test Applications gt gt Dynamic DNS Setup gt Dynamic DNS Account Setup Index 1 Enable Dynamic DNS Account WAN Interface WAMI First Service Provider dyndns arg ww dyndns org w Service Type Login Name max 23 characters Password max 23 characters CO Wildcards O Backup Mx Enable Dynamic Check this box to enable the current account If you did DNS Account check the box you will see a check mark appeared on the Active column of the previous web page in step 2 WAN Interface Select the WAN interface order to apply settings here Service Provider Select the service provider for the DDNS account Service Type Select a service type Dynamic Custom Static If you choose Custom you can modify the domain that is choosen in the Domain Name field Domain Name Type in a domain name that you applied previously Use the drop down list to choose the desired domain Login Name Type in the login name that you set for applying domain Password Type in the password that you set for applying domain 4 Click OK button to activate the settings You will see your setting has been saved The Wildcard and Backup MX features are not supported for all Dynamic DNS providers You could get more detailed information from their websites Disable the Function and Clear all Dynamic DNS Accounts In the DDNS setup menu uncheck Enable Dynamic DNS Setup and push Clear All button to disable the function and clea
135. apter Installation Such information is provided for Vigor2930 S models e g Vigor2930VS ISDN SO 1 is always fixed to connect ISDN phone However ISDN SO 2 is configurable as ISDN line or ISDN phone When the user configures ISDN SO 2 as ISDN phone in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings the orange LED will light on to indicate ISDN2 S0 mode is selected And by using ISDN phone adapters coming from the router package the user can connect several phones the maximum is six to Vigor2930VS for communication Refer to the following figure for reference Dray Tek VIGOR2930VS OUAL WAN SE CUMITY FIREWALL ISDN Phone Analog Phone Analog Phone ISDN Phone Adapter i A c Phone Line ACT CPA MGNT Mwg NANT Phansi CSN WAN Phon D a ISDN Phone i Adapter ISDN Phone However if the user configures ISDN SO 2 as ISDN line in VoIP gt gt Phone Settings the green LED will light on to indicate ISDN2 TE mode is selected Then the port is specified for ISDN line only Refer to the following figure for reference Dray Tek VIGOR 29S30V5 CELAL Wan COCURIT FIREWALL ISON Phone AnalogPhone Analog Phone FH mi Adapter __ ge Phone Line sCT GCP MGT Des NEAT Phanei ABAE CoM WAH Pan igor2930 Series User s Guide 150A a 7 Dray Tek This page is left blank Dray Te k 14 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Configuring Basic Settings For use the route
136. ard Select the service type that you want to activate Please choose the item you want to use For WCF senyice eb Content Filter BPjM License Agreement mativation Date 2010 11 19 select Enter your License key Web Content Filter Commtouch License Agreement Activation Date 2010 10 18 select Enter your License key Note The activation date is brought out by the server automatically and cannot be changed igor2930 Series User s Guide 25 Dray Tek 2 4 Online Status The online status shows the system status WAN status ADSL Information and other status related to this router within one page If you select PPPoE PPTP as the protocol you will find out a link of Dial PPPoE PPPoA or Drop PPPoE PPPoA in the Online Status web page Online status for PPPoE Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 0 41 LAN Status Primary DNS 61 31 233 1 Secondary DNS 1359 175 55 244 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 1668 50 111 240 210 WAN 1 Status gt gt Drop PPPoE Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet PPPoE 0 00 00 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 219 981 160 205 211 78 215 40 6 29 6 12 WAN Status Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet Static IP 0 00 32 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 19 168 4 1035 192 168 4 1 i 3 1 g Online status for PPTP for WAN2 Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 12 68 LAN Status Prima
137. arring Type arith ce arco Interface Schedule Status if FS 2 w 3 w 4 g W 6 W W a W 9 W 10 W lt lt 1 10 11 20 gt gt Next gt gt Advanced Block Anonymous Block Unknown Domain Block IP Address Click any index number to display the dial plan setup page Dray Te k 168 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Index No 1 Enable Call Direction IMJ Barring Type specific URIURL Interface All ka Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Enable Click this to enable this entry Call Direction Determine the direction for the phone call IN incoming call OUT outgoing call IN amp OUT both incoming and outgoing calls Barring Type Determine the type of the VoIP phone call URI URL or number Specific URVURL Specific URVURL Specific Number Specific URI URL or Specific Number This field will be changed based on the type you selected for barring Type Interface All means all the phone calls including ISDN amp PSTN will be blocked with such mechanism ISDN means only ISDN phone call will be blocked with such mechanism Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the call barring according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section 3 5 2 Schedule for detailed configuration Additionally you can set advanced settings for call barring such as Block Anonymous Blo
138. ase the separation between the equipment and receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different form that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device may accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Please visit http www draytek com user AboutRegulatory php C O FE This product is designed for the ISDN and 2 4GHz WLAN network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France Please see the user manual for the applicable networks on your product Dr ay Te k iv Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Table of Contents 1 PR CTACC see carcec rs cs seecei E EEEE 1 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation ccccccccccccccececeeeseeeeeeeeesseaeeeceeeesssaaeaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeees 1 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors cccceeeccceeecceaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeessseeseeeeeeessaeeaeeeeeeeesssaaaaeses 2 U2 A FOr Vigor 990 eara E E EEE E SET 3 1 2 2 FOr VIGO 29S OU esea E a a E E EEEE TEES 4 1 23 FOF VIJOr29390 Vi osre E EE EEEE 6 L24 For Vigor 2930Y D eiio nee E eee ee a eee ee eee 8 12 5 For Vigor2930V oian E Ea E E ec etree 10 1 3 Ha ar ware Installation o 24 soca deeosseesaasseusavace seca nsesacea
139. ation n active Delete 2 Ww End 0 0 0 0 End 0 0 0 0 End Binding Protocol bo VPN Load Balance Profile name loadbal Algorithm Round Robin Profile Name List the load balance profile name Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin Based on packet base both tunnels will send igor2930 Series User s Guide the packet alternatively Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with fixed rate Weighted Round Robin Such method can reach the balance of packet transmission with flexible rate It can be divided into Auto Weighted and According to Speed Ratio Auto Weighted can detect the device speed 1OMbps 100Mbps and switch with fixed value ratio 3 7 for packet transmission If the transmission rate for packets on both sides of the tunnels is the same the value of Auto Weighted should be 5 5 According to Speed Ratio allows user to adjust suitable rate manually There are 100 groups of rate ratio for Member1 Member2 range from 1 99 to 99 1 Fastest Based on available bandwidth that integrated and oe Dray Tek VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Dray Tek considered by DrayOS system the system can adjust dynamically for bandwidth of both VPN tunnels In most cases VPN Tunnel with high rate will use the WAN interface which has more available bandwidth Below shows the algorithm for Load Balance Create Click this radio button for assign a blank table for con
140. ation L Health amp Medicine Personal Sites Cl Religion Cl Translators Greeting cards Parked Domains None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Log Block Mone Pass Block Enable Activate white black list function for such profile Group Object Selections Click Edit to choose the group or object profile as the content of white black list Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the characters listed on Group Object Selections 98 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here they will be processed with the categories listed on the box below Action Pass allow accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below Block restrict accessing into the corresponding webpage with the categories listed on the box below If the web pages do not match with the specified feature set here it will be processed with reverse action 3 7 Bandwidth Ma
141. ble IP objects will be shown in this box Selected Service Type Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box Objects 3 5 5 Keyword Object You can set 200 keyword object profiles for choosing as black white list in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt Keyword Object Keyword Object Profiles Setto Factory Default index Name Index Name Ga ja jea e ee ea jee e a ea ea e e j j fet PFEPRBPRPEEERBEE EER ke FREEBREB ERP RPP eFeee 3364 65 96 97 100 gt gt Next gt gt A A Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail Dray Te k 82 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Object Setup Profile Index 1 Limit of Contents Max 3 Words and 63 Characters Each word should be separated by a single space You can replace a character with 96HEX Example Contents backdoo 672 virus keep s20out Result 1 backdoor 2 VIPs 3 keep out Name Type a name for this profile e g game Contents Type the content for such profile For example type gambling as Contents When you browse the webpage the page with gambling information will be watched out and be passed blocked based on the configuration on Firewall settings 3 5 6 Keyword Group This page allows you to bind several keyword objects into one group The keyword groups set here will be chosen as black white list
142. ble PING from the Internet Access List List IP Subnet Mask HTTPS Port Default 443 FTP Port Default 21 SSH Port Default 22 SNMP Setup CO Enable SNMP Agent Get Community O Router Name Allow management from the Internet Disable PING from the Internet Access List Default Ports User Defined Ports Enable SNMP Agent igor2930 Series User s Guide Notification Host IP oOo Trap Timeout seconds Type a name to represent the router Enable the checkbox to allow system administrators to login from the Internet There are several servers provided by the system to allow you managing the router from Internet Check the box es to specify Check the checkbox to reject all PING packets from the Internet For security issue this function is enabled by default You could specify that the system administrator can only login from a specific host or network defined in the list A maximum of three IPs subnet masks is allowed List IP Indicate an IP address allowed to login to the router Subnet Mask Represent a subnet mask allowed to login to the router Check to use standard port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check to specify user defined port numbers for the Telnet and HTTP servers Check it to enable this function a Dray Tek Get Community Set the name for getting community by typing a proper character The default setting is public Set Community Set community by typing a pr
143. bnet Mask 355 255 00 Dial Backup Mode MTU Max 1460 PPTP L2TP Client Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Click Enable PPTP Enable Mode L2TP to enable a PPTP L2TP client to establish a tunnel to a DSL modem on the WAN interface Server Address Type the IP address for PPTP or L2TP server Specify Gateway IP Address Specify the gateway for the PPTP L2TP server ISP Access Setup Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page igor2930 Series User s Guide 37 Dr ay Te k ISDN Dial Backup Setup MTU PPP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection This setting is available for i model only Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP on
144. bps It means the connection for WAN1 will be activated when WAN2 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN2 Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN will be activated when WAN2 Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WAN I Fail It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN is failed WANI Upload speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WAN1 Upload speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds WANI Download speed exceed XX kbps It means the connection for WAN2 will be activated when WANI Download speed exceed certain value that you set in this box for 15 seconds a Dray Tek 3 1 3 Internet Access For the router supports dual WAN function the users can set different WAN settings for WANI WAN2 for Internet Access Due to different physical mode for WANI and WAN2 the Access Mode for these two connections also varies slightly WAN gt Internet Access Internet Access Index Display Name Physical Mode Access Mode WEAR 1 Ethernet Static or Dynamic IP Details Page wana Ethernet Index It shows the WAN modes that this router supports WAN1 is the default WAN interface for accessing into the Internet WAN2 is the optional WAN interface for accessing into the Internet when WAN 1 is inactive for some reason Display Name It shows the name of the WAN1 W
145. c The router provides 100 access accounts for dial in users Besides you can extend the user accounts to the RADIUS server through the built in RADIUS client function The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Setto Factory Default Index User Status Index User Status iL 777 s 17 777 s i 777 s 18 777 s 3 777 x 19 777 4 777 s 20 777 s 5 777 s 21 777 s 6 277 x 22 777 x i 777 s 23 777 x 8 777 s 24 777 s 9 PPF s 25 B99 10 777 s 26 777 s 11 777 s 27 777 s 12 777 x 28 777 x 13 777 s 29 777 s i4 777 s 30 777 x 15 777 x 31 777 x 16 777 s 32 777 s lt lt 1 32 3364 65 96 97 100 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Index Click the number below Index to access into the setting page of Remote Dial in User User Display the username for the specific dial in user of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Display the access state of the specific dial in user The symbol V and X represent the specific dial in user to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit one remote user profile Each Dial In Type requires you to fill the different corresponding fields on the right If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanation will guide you to fill all the necessary fields Dray Te K 1
146. cccccccssssssecececcceeesseeceeecceeeaaseeceeecesseeaagseeeeecesseaaaaeeeeesssseaasseees 81 3 5 5 Keyword ODIGC oat cdiecdceccntties ca niteielcediacioehanauenetistesasstenadeshtleus EEEa ea ENN ea E AE aaa 82 BO ODI OE EE A E E E E E E E E E E T 85 ISSP P ODOC ea A 86 30 10 IP EO LO OJOS esis oes tiga R E E N E E A EE adsacues 88 FT OD 6G erie sec ses ores E E ETE E 89 By E E A ssc te ere E A E E AEN EE eben 91 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile rcccdcncacictacccciencsntaniindienpasceesennswnnwadanaact ca dbacesieaeadwadaeiwotecaxeceueoeient 91 3 6 2 URL Content Filter Protile 0 ccccceccceecceeccceccceccceccceccoecceecceneceneceneceneccecceneceneceeecaseoeees 92 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile ccc cccceccececeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeueeeueeeneeeneeeneeeneees 96 3 7 Bandwidth Management cccccssscccssececeseeecencesceucecsaeeessueeseaeeeceueeeseueessueessueeessueeeseueessaaes 99 BY a Mico 2115 6 go e a eee ee PO EE ee ne veneer 99 cS Pe PONa A OG Seer re oe re ee Wenn E meee eee eee 101 a der Udy O re A G e a a E 102 SHOP ONC ANON a E E E E E T a A 109 2e T DYNAMIC ON eriomane a E ea ER E EEA E Ea E EERE IEE EINE 109 Ioe CMe NN aae ee Jains EA E E on R AE a EA 111 ToS RADIO eee E EEE 112 JOA UPIP a E deneueateaseeuasaiosantesaseueasa 114 JBF Wake on LAN oeerpnerrn rinnan nET EA EEEN ETEEN 115 3 9 VPN and Remote ACCC SS ccdcectecnsweicscanniodctuntvennsanaueicewss unccasindvndciundeaoaeamsicundanuleaneadea
147. cess Internet and combine the bandwidth of the dual WAN to speed up the transmission through the network Each WAN port can connect to different ISPs Even if the ISPs use different technology to provide telecommunication service such as DSL Cable modem etc If any connection problem occurred on one of the ISP connections all the traffic will be guided and switched to the normal communication port for proper operation Please configure WAN1 and WAN2 settings This webpage allows you to set general setup for WAN1 and WAN respectively Note In default WAN1 and WAN2 are enabled WAN gt General Setup General Setup WANT WAN Enable Enable Display Name Po Display Name Po Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Physical Type Load Balance Mode Load Balance Mode Line Speedikbps DownLink boo Line Speed kbpsi DownLink boo UpLink a UpLink bo Active Mode Active Mode Active on demand Active on demand WAN Fail WAL Fail WAN2 Upload speed exceed o kbps WANI Upload speed exceed o kbps WAN Download speed exceed os kbps WAN Download speed exceed o kbps Enable Choose Yes to invoke the settings for this WAN interface Choose No to disable the settings for this WAN interface Display Name Type the description for the WAN1 WAN2 interface Physical Mode For WAN1 the physical connection is done through ADSL port yet the physical connection for WAN2 is done through an
148. ch IP within the range of Start IP and End IP having the same speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields select Shared to make all the IPs within the range of Start IP and End IP share the speed defined in TX limit and RX limit fields TX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the upstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index RX limit Define the limitation for the speed of the downstream If you do not set the limit in this field the system will use the default speed for the specific limitation you set for each index Add Add the specific speed limitation onto the list above Edit Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Delete Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list Index 1 15 in Schedule You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request Setup All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 3 7 3 Quality of Service Deploying QoS Quality of Service management to guarantee that all applications receive the service levels required and sufficient bandwidth to meet performance expectations 1s indeed one important aspect of modern enterprise network One reason for QoS is that numerous TCP based applications tend to continually increase their transmission rate and consume all available bandw
149. ck Unknown Domain or Block IP Address Simply click the relational links to open the web page For Block Anonymous this function can block the incoming calls without caller ID on the interface Phone 1 or Phone 2 or both specified in the following window Such controlling also can be done based on preconfigured schedules igor2930 Series User s Guide 169 Dr ay Te k VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Anonymous Enable Interface C Phonet O Phone Indext1 15 in Schedule Setup Li Note Block the incoming calls which do not have the caller ID For Block Unknown Domain this function can block incoming calls from unrecognized domain that is not specified in SIP accounts Such controlling also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block Unknown Domain Enable Interface C Phonei Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup O Note If the domain af the incoming call is different fram the domain found in SIP accounts the call should be blocked For Block IP Address this function can block incoming calls coming from IP address Such controlling also can be done based on preconfigured schedules VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Block IP Address Enable Interface C Phonel L Phone Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note The incoming calls by means of IP dialing e g 4192 168 1 14 should be blocked
150. ck here to access into next page Dray Tek fi Home i for you About Us n s MyVigor website replaces the VigorPro site as DrayTek s portal site for D Product the latest products and services in network security including Anti UserName My Information virus Anti Spam Web Content Filter etc The products and functions Password VigorPro that are supported in this site include pers VigorPro Unified Security Firewall series Qbk aVd e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter If you can t read the AuthCode click here license key e Activation of DT Anti Virus license key e Activation of Kaspersky Anti Virus license key b Forget password uL e Activation of Commtouch membership Anti Spam license key and Not registered yet Click here Vigor routers for models that support Commtouch e Activation of Commtouch GiobalView Web Content Filter license key The MyVigor website contains a trail version of Commtouch GlobalView Web Content Filter which allows the users to set filters to block out undesirable web pages in the Internet jungle Please use IE 5 0 or above resolution 1024 768 for best More customer oriented services are planned for MyVigor site for the display DrayTek Corp near future Dray Te k 280 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 Check to confirm that you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile
151. ckup Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile No The order of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Status v means such profile is enabled x means such profile is disabled Name Display the name of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism profile Member Display the dial out profile selected from the Member drop down list below Active Yes means normal condition No means the state might be disabled or that profile currently is set with Dial in mode for call direction in LAN to LAN Type Display the connection type for that profile such as IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec NICE L2TP over IPSec MUST and so on Memberz2 Display the dial out profile selected from the Member2 drop down list below Advanced This button is only available when there is one or more profiles created in this page a Dray Tek General Setup Add Dray Tek y http 192 168 254 4 YPN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name loadba1 Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auto Weighted g According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 O Fastest VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy create OAfter insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete v Binding Dial Out Index Binding Src IP Start 0 0 0 End
152. client feature enables the router to assist the remote dial in user or a wireless station and the RADIUS server in performing mutual authentication It enables centralized remote access authentication for network management Applications gt gt RADIUS RADIUS Setup Enable Server IP Address fe Destination Port Enable Check to enable RADIUS client feature Server IP Address Enter the IP address of RADIUS server Destination Port The UDP port number that the RADIUS server is using The default value is 1812 based on RFC 2138 Shared Secret The RADIUS server and client share a secret that is used to authenticate the messages sent between them Both sides must be configured to use the same shared secret Confirm Shared Secret Re type the Shared Secret for confirmation igor2930 Series User s Guide 113 Dr ay Te k 3 8 4 UPnP The UPnP Universal Plug and Play protocol is supported to bring to network connected devices the ease of installation and configuration which is already available for directly connected PC peripherals with the existing Windows Plug and Play system For NAT routers the major feature of UPnP on the router is NAT Traversal This enables applications inside the firewall to automatically open the ports that they need to pass through a router It is more reliable than requiring a router to work out by itself which ports need to be opened Further the user does not have to manually set up port mappings or a DMZ U
153. column for configuration in details Dray Te k 84 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Objects Setting gt File Extension Object Setup Profile Index 1 Profile Name Oo Categories Image Select All L bmp Cl dib JAS l Clear All LI pe l pex Video Select All C asf Lavi gt l Clear All L q L rm Audia Compression Select All L ace Cl arj sit Clear All Orar Us Executation Select All bas bat Clear All L ser C gif Cl pic Co mov CO wiry LJ bzin2 LI zip com CI jpeg Pi pict LJ mpe Cl 3gp Ol bz2 C exe File Extensions C jpg Ojeg O jp2 C png Fi tit C tiff CO mpeg O mpg Cl mp4 CO 2app O 3gpp2 O 3g2 LJ cab LJ gz LJ gzip C1 intf C pif Cl reg Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the items of file extension that will be processed in the router Finally click OK to save this profile 3 5 8 IM Object You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger application The object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile page Objects Setting gt gt IM Object Profile IM Profile Table Profile Name FREEBRBESBrPerR Pre Ree igor2930 Series User s Guide Profile 17 18 9 i od ie IY I IM Imo mo Im Im Ine Ime im m i ee OF ees ee I ee fe 85 Setto Factory Default Name Dray Tek Set to Factory Default Clear
154. connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and ISDN depends on hardware specification 146 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure Filly compliant with VPN Server LAN Sit Single Multi Network v gt Mail Alert support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Syslog support please refer to System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert for detailed configuration gt Specific ERD Environment Recovery Detection mechanism which can be operated by using Telnet command VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile will be activated when initial connection of single VPN tunnel is off line Before setting VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism backup profile please configure at least two sets of LAN to LAN profiles with fully configured dial out settings first otherwise you will not have selections for grouping Member and Member2 Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance Mechanism VPN Load Balance Mechanism can set multiple VPN tunnels for using as traffic load balance tunnel It can assist users to do effective load sharing for multiple VPN tunnels according to real line bandwidth Moreover it offers three types of algorithms for load balancing and binding tunnel policy mechanism to let the administrator manage the network more flexibly gt Three types of load sharing algorithm offered Round Robin Weighted R
155. counts Settings Profile Name draytel Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy draytel org Act as outbound proxy unhecked Display Name John Account Number Name 1234 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name iptel 1 Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm iptel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value igor2930 Series User s Guide Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number 1114 Display Name David SIP URL 4321 liptel org Loop through None Backup Phone Number VolP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name draytel 1 11 char max Register via auto w make call without register SIP Port 5o60 Domain Realm draytel org 63 char max Proxy draytel org 63 char max O Act as outbound proxy Display Name John E 23 char max Account Number Name 1234 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password 0000 63 char max Expiry Time 1 hour sec NAT Traversal Support None w Ring Port
156. d Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Inc Other products may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturers Safety Instructions and Approval Safety Instructions Warranty Be a Registered Owner Firmware amp Tools Updates Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Read the installation guide thoroughly before you set up the router The router is a complicated electronic unit that may be repaired only be authorized and qualified personnel Do not try to open or repair the router yourself Do not place the router in a damp or humid place e g a bathroom The router should be used in a sheltered area within a temperature range of 5 to 40 Celsius Do not expose the router to direct sunlight or other heat sources The housing and electronic components may be damaged by direct sunlight or heat sources Do not deploy the cable for LAN connection outdoor to prevent electronic shock hazards Keep the package out of reach of children When you want to dispose of the router please follow local regulations on conservation of the environment We warrant to the original end user purchaser that the router will be free from any defects in workmanship or materials for a period of two 2 years from the date of purchase from the dealer Please keep your purchase receipt in a safe place as it serves as proof of date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purcha
157. d Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity Profile Index 1 Profile Name one Enable this account Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Type IP Accept Subject Name Country C State ST Location L Qrginizatian 0 Qrginizatian Unit OU Common Name CN Email E Profile Name Accept Any Peer ID Accept Subject Alternative Name Accept Subject Name igor2930 Series User s Guide IPF Address k Type in a name in this file Click to accept any peer regardless of its identity Click to check one specific field of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field can be IP Address Domain or E mail Address The box under the Type will appear according to the type you select and ask you to fill in corresponding setting Click to check the specific fields of digital signature to accept the peer with matching value The field includes Country C State ST Location L Organization O Organization Unit OU Common Name CN and Email E ii Dray Tek 3 9 7 Remote Dial in User You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via ISDN or build the VPN connection You may set parameters including specified connection peer ID connection type ISDN Dial In connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec corresponding security methods and et
158. d for Data Filter only Don t care No action will be taken towards fragmented packets Unfragmented Apply the rule to unfragmented packets Fragmented Apply the rule to fragmented packets Too Short Apply the rule only to packets that are too short to contain a complete header Specifies the action to be taken when packets match the rule Block Immediately Packets matching the rule will be dropped immediately Pass Immediately Packets matching the rule will be passed immediately Block If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be dropped Pass If No Further Match A packet matching the rule and that does not match further rules will be passed through If the packet matches the filter rule the next filter rule will branch to the specified filter set Select next filter rule to branch from the drop down menu Be aware that the router will apply the specified filter rule for ever and will not return to previous filter rule any more All the packets connections within the range configured in the above conditions must follow the standard configured in the APP Enforcement profile selected here For detailed information refer to the section of APP Enforcement profile setup Select one of the URL Content Filter profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Fil
159. d in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place Call Forward Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the call forward function Call Forward Busy Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while the phone is busy Call Forward No Ans Act Dial the number typed in this field to forward all the incoming calls to the specified place while there is no answer of the connected phone Do Not Disturb Act Dial the number typed in this field to invoke the function of DND Do Not Distrub Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release the DND function Hide caller ID Act Dial the number typed in this field to make your phone number ID not displayed on the display panel of remote end Hide caller ID Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function igor2930 Series User s Guide 171 Dray Te k Call Waiting Act Dial the number typed in this field to make all the incoming calls waiting for your answer Call Waiting Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Anonymous Act Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming calls with unknown ID Block Anonymous Deact Dial the number typed in this field to release this function Block Unknown Domain Dial the number typed in this field to block all the incoming Act calls from unknown domain Block Unknown Domain Di
160. d web page through this router That is a company which wants to have an advertisement for its products to the users can specify the URL in this page to reach its goal Dray Te k 218 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt Web Portal Log in Web Portal Log in Specify an URL or short message that you want to show after user connected to your wireless Disable Redirect to URL httg draytek cam User s first HTTP request will be redirected to the URL above Ex http www draytek com online Atm or https j ew YourBank com O Show the message The message above will be shown in wireless user s browser for 5 seconds and then redirect to the original web site specified 126 characters at most Ex Welcome to Vigorous Wireless or lt B gt Welcomes eer lt B gt Disable Click this button to close this function Redirect to URL Any user who wants to access into Internet through this router will be redirected to the URL specified here first It is a useful method for the purpose of advertisement For example force the wireless user s in hotel to access into the web page that the hotel wants the user s to visit Show the message Type words or sentences here The message will be displayed on the screen for several seconds when the wireless users access into the web page through the router 3 14 SSL VPN An SSL VPN Secure Sockets Layer virtual private network is a form of VPN that can
161. dJwYdJEog lhvcN AgkONRowsDAWwRGQnVHREEDs NgqgqtkemF Sd6VrLilvhTanbgkg heiGIWORBAQUF ALOBQQaUuSBRUGtAV LASS AwToemlt thew Evg t7kKFleTJivh URLG4CiEi 6nvV4hNRytex2pEfbstar SqRRErsebRooedeol45560ece NlGhoyegti TSF qki JN ihip4stTcjecSh 2 jmQoSUU BceesTG SCkCyeqqu Eo ATOF a BYGyiw 6 You may review the detail information of the certificate by clicking View button Name Local Issuer U STCh Vvigor Subject femailAddress pressi draytek com C TVvi0 Draytek AE EROTU ONS draytek com valid From Aug 30 23 08 43 2005 GMT Valid To Aug 30 23 17 47 2007 GMT igor2930 Series User s Guide 273 Dr ay Te k 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Server CA ServerA CA Server B net 2 User imports the certificate as local certificate to Vigo Router via Web GUI User requests a certificate issued by CA Server Aand Saves it 1 Use web browser connecting to the CA server that you would like to retrieve its CA certificate Click Retrive the CA certificate or certificate recoring list E Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer BRO RHEO HRD RARBG TAT KAU Q AO Orm kan Qu O C SE S ra FIED BV htip172 16 2 179 certsv E Ea msn vy OBa 2 BERT ANEA OHBRRAS I Hotmail Mesenger A HAI MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigo Welcome You use this web site to request a certificate for your web browser e mail cl
162. de 64 Bit For 64 bits WEP key either 5 ASCII characters such as 12345 or 10 hexadecimal digitals leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445 128 Bit For 128 bits WEP key either 13 ASCII characters such as ABCDEFGHIJKLM or 26 hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x4142434445464748494A4B4C4D WPA WEP Encryption Mode 128 Bit All wireless devices must support the same WEP encryption bit size and have the same key Four keys can be entered here but only one key can be selected at a time The keys can be entered in ASCII or Hexadecimal Check the key you wish to use 3 13 4 Access Control For additional security of wireless access the Access Control facility allows you to restrict the network access right by controlling the wireless LAN MAC address of client Only the valid MAC address that has been configured can access the wireless LAN interface By clicking the Access Control a new web page will appear as depicted below so that you could edit the clients MAC addresses to control their access rights D P ay Te k 208 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt Access Control Access Control Policy Setto Factory Default Activate MAC address filter Enable Mac Address Filter O SSID 1 Indes Attribute C1 SSID 2 O SSID 3 SSID 4 MAC Address Filter MAC Address Client s MAC Address Attribute O s Isolate the station from LAN Policy
163. ded by the ISP Confirm Password Retype the password Dray Te K 18 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access PPPoE Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK igor2930 Series User s Guide 19 Dray Te k 2 2 2 PPTP L2TP Click PPTP as the protocol Type in all the information that your ISP provides for this protocol Quick Start Wizard PPTP Client Mode WAN 1 Enter the user name password WAN IP configuratian and PPTP server IP provided by Your ISP User Name Password Confirm Password WAN IP Configuration Obtain an IP address automatically Specify an IP address l IP Address Subnet Mask Primary DNS fo Second DNS fs PPTP Server Click Next for viewing summary of such connection Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WAN Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet ACCESS PPTP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to save the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish
164. dex to access into the setting page of schedule Status Display if this schedule setting is active or inactive You can set up to 15 schedules Then you can apply them to your Internet Access or VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN settings To add a schedule please click any index say Index No 1 The detailed settings of the call schedule with index are shown below Applications gt gt Schedule Index No 1 Start Date Cyyyy mm dd 200 wilt vila M Start Time hh mm Duration Time hh mms Aeon Force On Idle Timeout bo minute s max 255 0 for default How Often Once weekdays C Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri O Sat igor2930 Series User s Guide 111 Dray Te k Enable Schedule Setup Check to enable the schedule Start Date yyyy mm dd Specify the starting date of the schedule Start Time hh mm Specify the starting time of the schedule Duration Time hh mm Specify the duration or period for the schedule Action Specify which action Call Schedule should apply during the period of the schedule Force On Force the connection to be always on Force Down Force the connection to be always down Enable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be dial on demand and the value of idle timeout should be specified in Idle Timeout field Disable Dial On Demand Specify the connection to be up when it has traffic on the line Once there is no traffic over idle timeout the connection will be down and nev
165. dit source address information 3 http 192_ 168_1_1 doc QosIpEdt_htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Address Type subnet Address Start IP Address 0 0 0 0 End IP Address Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Address Type Determine the address type for the source address For Single Address you have to fill in Start IP address For Range Address you have to fill in Start IP address and End IP address For Subnet Address you have to fill in Start IP address and Subnet Mask DiffServ CodePoint All the packets of data will be divided with different levels and will be processed according to the level type by the system Please assign one of the levels of the data for processing with QoS control D P ay T e k 106 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Service Type It determines the service type of the data for processing with QoS control It can also be edited You can choose the predefined service type from the Service Type drop down list Those types are predefined in factory Simply choose the one that you want for using by current QoS By the way you can set up to 20 rules for one Class If you want to edit an existed rule please select the radio button of that one and click Edit to open the rule edit page for modification Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service Class Index 1 WO Status Local Address Remote Address eee Service Type CodePoint 10 Active Any Any IP precedence 2 SY SLOGCUBP 514 20 Active 192 169
166. do not support Multiple Link PPP ML PPP In such cases dialing to two ISPs can increase the bandwidth utilization of the ISDN channels to 128kbps data speed ISDN gt Dialing to Dual ISPs Dual ISP Common Settings 1 LJ Enable Dual ISPs Function 2 O Require ISP callback CBCP Primary ISP Setup ISP Name Dial Number PPP MP Setup Link Type Dialup BOD w PPP Authentication PAF or CHAP Idle Timeout 180 second s Secondary ISP Setup ISP Name Dial Number I Username fs Username o400srSShinet net IP Address Assignment Method IP CFP Yes No Dynamic IFP Fixed IP Fixed IP Address Common Settings PPP MP Setup Dray Tek IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Fixed IP Yes No Dynamic IP Fized IP Address Enable Dual ISPs Function Check to enable the Dual ISPs function Require ISP Callback CBCP If your ISP supports the callback function check this box to activate the Callback Control Protocol during the PPP negotiation Link Type There are three link types provided here for different purpose Link Disable disables the ISDN dial out function Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 12 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B
167. dress or specify another MAC address by typing on the boxes of MAC Address for the router Specify a MAC Address Type the MAC address for the router manually 34 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide After finishing all the settings here please click OK to activate them Details Page for Static or Dynamic IP For static IP mode you usually receive a fixed public IP address or a public subnet namely multiple public IP addresses from your DSL or Cable ISP service providers In most cases a Cable service provider will offer a fixed public IP while a DSL service provider will offer a public subnet If you have a public subnet you could assign an IP address or many IP address to the WAN interface To use Static or Dynamic IP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select Static or Dynamic IP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt Internet Access WAN 1 Static or Dynamic IP Enable OCisable ISDN Dial Backup Setup Dial Backup Mode Keep WAN Connection Mone wt WAN IP Network Settings _ Y AN IP Alias Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP Client Router Name Domain Name o Required for some ISPs Specify an IP address C Enable PING to keep alive Os Iminute s PING to the IP PING Interval WAN Connection Detection IF Address 172 16 53 102 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Gateway IP Address 172 156 3 1 DNS S
168. e data if you want to use Static IP mode IP Address Type the IP address 36 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask Gateway IP Address Type the gateway IP address Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field DNS Server IP Type in the primary IP address for the router if you want to use Address Static IP mode If necessary type in secondary IP address for necessity in the future Details Page for PPTP L2TP To use PPTP as the accessing protocol of the internet please choose Internet Access from WAN menu Then select PPTP mode for WAN2 The following web page will be shown WAN gt gt Internet Access WAN 1 PPTP L2TP Client Mode PPP Setup O Enable PPTP Enable L2TP Disable PPP Authentication PAP or CHAP Server Address Po Idle Timeout fi second s Specify Gateway IP Address IP Address Assignment Method 172 16 3 1 pcp WAN IP Alias Fixed IPF Yes No Dynamic IP ISP Access Setup Fixed IP Address fe Username an ip Network Settings Password fs Obtain an IP address automatically Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Specify an IP address IC IC IL IP Address 172 16 3 102 ISON Dial Backup Setup Su
169. e otherwise the router might be damaged ISDN SO 2 Connecter for ISDN line or ISDN phone adapter in particular condition Refer to section 2 2 for more details WAN 1 2 Connecters for remote networked devices LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch igor2930 Series User s Guide 9 Dray Te k 1 2 5 For Vigor2930VSn Dray Tek VIGOR2Z2930VS5n DUAL WAN SECURITY FIREWALL ACT WLAN MGMT DoS WAN1 Phone CSM WAN2 Phone2 1 i 1 1 2 Factory Reset a r 2 n 2 3 4 Restart L Phone LAN ISDN S0 WAN Status ACT Activity Blinking DoS On CSM WLAN WANI 2 MGMT Phone 1 2 LED on Connector ISDN SO 1 Left LED Orange Right LED Green ISDN SO 2 Left LED Orange Right LED Green Left LED WAN 1 2 Green Right LED Dray Tek Blinking O Blinking Blinking On Blinking Blinking Blinking Blinking Off On n Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt IM P2P Profile Wireless access point is ready It will blink while wireless traffic goes through It will blink fast when WPS is working and it will return to normal condition after two minutes You n
170. e Index 1 Pemote Network Network IP Netmask 255 255 255 255 32 ow RIP Direction The option specifies the direction of RIP Routing Information Protocol packets You can enable disable one of direction here Herein we provide four options TX RX Both TX Only RX Only and Disable From first subnet to remote network you have to do If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose NAT otherwise choose Route Change default route to this VPN tunnel Check this box to change the default route with this VPN tunnel Be aware that this setting is available only for one WAN interface is enabled It is not available when both WAN interfaces are enabled You have to disable one WAN interface WAN 1 or WAN 2 on WAN gt gt General Setup for enabling such setting 3 9 9 VPN TRUNK Management VPN trunk includes four features VPN Backup VPN load balance GRE over IPSec and Binding tunnel policy Features of VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Mechanism VPN TRUNK Management is a backup mechanism which can set multiple VPN tunnels as backup tunnel It can assure the network connection not to be cut off due to network environment blocked by any reason gt Dray Tek VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism can judge abnormal situation for the environment of VPN server and correct it to complete the backup of VPN Tunnel in VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism is compliant with all WAN modes Dial out
171. e MAC address in the MAC Address field Obtain an IP address automatically Click this button to obtain the IP address automatically Specify an IP address Click this radio button to specify some data IP Address Type the IP address Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask 3 1 4 Load Balance Policy This router supports the function of load balancing It can assign traffic with protocol type IP address for specific host a subnet of hosts and port range to be allocated in WANI or WAN2 interface The user can assign traffic category and force it to go to dedicate network interface based on the following web page setup Twenty policies of load balance are supported by this router Note Load Balance Policy is running only when both WANI and WAN2 are activated WAN gt Load Balance Policy Load Balance Policy Index Enable W bo eA A e e e e e fy S igor2930 Series User s Guide m m im N N o N a Go Protocol Y pai z ou 5 y pai a MS pai a pai a Y Y any Y Y pai a a id any any wt wt lt wt w wt Dest Dest WAN Start End stat End Port Port 0 Down UP Down WANI UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down UP Down Next gt gt Check this box to enable this policy a Dray Tek Protocol Use the drop down menu to change the protocol for the WAN interface WAN Use the drop down menu
172. e as type The above example is using Windows platform for demonstrating examples The Mac or Linux platform will appear different windows but the backup function is still available Note Backup for Certification must be done independently The Configuration Backup does not include information of Certificate Restore Configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file ra Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Browse button to choose the correct configuration file for uploading to the router 3 Click Restore button and wait for few seconds the following picture will tell you that the restoration procedure is successful igor2930 Series User s Guide 229 Dray Tek 3 15 5 Syslog Mail Alert SysLog function is provided for users to monitor router There is no bother to directly get into the Web Configurator of the router or borrow debug equipments System Maintenance gt gt SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup E Enable C Enable he OOO O SMTP Server Doo O Destination Port 514 Return Path O O Enable syslog message Authentication User Access Log Call Lag WAN L
173. e changed according to the different service providers If you have and activate another web content filter license the items will be changed simultaneously All of the configuration made for web content filter will be deleted automatically Therefore please backup your data before you change the web content filter license igor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name Default Black White List C Enable Action Action Groups Child Protection Select All Clear All Clear All Other Select All Clear All Profile Name Log White Black List Dray Tek Group Object Selections TO Categories Alcohol amp Tobacco Hate amp Intolerance Porn amp Sexually M School Cheating Search Engine Portals C Malware illegal Software LJ Adv amp Pop Ups compromised Finance News LJ Politics Restaurants amp Dining General LJimage Sharing Private IP Addresses Criminal Activity W legal Drug Violence Cl Social Networking Botnets information Security LJ arts Cl Dating amp Personals Government ClNon profits amp NGOs Cl Real Estate Cl Shopping LJ cults L Network Errors Cl Uncategorised Sites Type a name for such profile kV Gambling M Nudity weapons Tasteless Spam Sites Hacking L Peer to Peer Cl Transportation LJ Educ
174. e character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 To VoIP for ISDN The router is set by using VoIP call To change VoIP call into ISDN call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC and DTMF mode Advanced setting is provided for fitting the telecommunication custom for the local area of the router installed Wrong tone settings might cause inconvenience for users To set the sound pattern of the phone set simply choose a proper region to let the system find out the preset tone settings and caller ID type automatically Or you can adjust tone settings manually if you choose User Defined TOn1 TOff1l TOn2 and TOff2 mean the cadence of the tone pattern TOn and TOn2 represent sound on TOffl and TOff2 represent the sound off VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Advance Settings gt gt Phoned Tone Settings Low Freq High Freq Toni T off 1 Ton T off 2 Hz Hz msec msec msec msec Ringing tone 400 450 Volume Gain DTMF Mic Gainf 1 105 DTMF Mode Speaker Gain 1 10 5 Payload Type RFC2833 MISC 5 Dial Tone Power Level Ring Frequency Hit i ma au 3 co J J Cancal Region Select the proper region which you are located The common settings of Caller ID Type Dial tone Ringing tone Busy tone and Co
175. e default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to iga Dray Tek Default SIP Account Default Call Route invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting ISDN SO port can pick up multiple incoming calls simultaneously Therefore different phone sets MSN30 to MSN39 can use different SIP accounts to call out through this port Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function It determines the default direction for the call route of the router To ISDN for VoIP The router is set by using ISDN call To change ISDN call into VoIP call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and O 9 To VoIP for ISDN The router is set by using VoIP call To change VoIP call into ISDN call please dial the character in this field for transferring The character that you can type can be and 0 9 In addition you can press the Advanced button to configure tone settings volume gain MISC DTMF
176. e has been blocked Hy URL Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt You can set eight profiles as URL content filter Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page CSM gt URL Content Filter Profile Profile Index 1 ProfileName 1LURL Access Control LJEnable URL Access Control Prevent web acess fram IP address Action Group fObject Selections OO Web Feature JEnable Restrict Web Feature Action L cookie Proxy File Extension Profile Profile Name Type the name for such profile Priority It determines the action that this router will apply Both Pass The router will let all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below passing through When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Both Block The router will block all the packages that match with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below When you choose this setting both configuration set in this page for URL Access Control and Web Feature will be inactive Either URL Access Control First When all the packages igor2930 Series User s Guide 93 Dray Tek Log URL Access Control Dray Tek matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below
177. e lowest Throughput ranking 1 is the highest 5 is the lowest 1 L2TP over IPSec 1 PPTP None Encryption 2 IPSec 2 L2TP 3 PPTP Encryption 3 IPSec Lee 4 L2TFP over IPSec 5 PPTP None Encryption 5 PPTP Encryption PPTP i None Encr yvotion PPTP Encryption Select YPN Type PPTP None Encryption cd IPSec LTF LATP over Pec Nice to Have In this page you have to select suitable VPN type for the VPN client profile There are six types provided here Different type will lead to different configuration page After making D P ay T e k 118 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide the choices for the client profile please click Next You will see different configurations based on the selection s you made When you choose PPTP None Encryption or PPTP Encryption you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client PPTP None Encryption Settings Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through CO Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Username Password Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask 192 168 1 6 When you choose IPSec you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client IPSec Settings Profile Name YPN Dial GQut Through O Always on Server IP Host Name for YPM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Conf
178. e one of the local certificates defined in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without PSec policy above Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN i Dray Tek connection Remote Network Mask Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Please confirm your settings LAN to LANl Index 27 Profile Name test YPN Connection Type PPTP None Encryption YPN Dial Out Through WANI First Always on No Server IP Host Mame 192 168 1 87 Femote Network IF 1rz2 16 3 99 Remote Network Mask
179. e repeated to another peer AP through WDS links Yet in Bridge mode packets received from a WDS link will only be forwarded to local wired or wireless hosts In other words only Repeater mode can do WDS to WDS packet forwarding In the following examples hosts connected to Bridge 1 or 3 can communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 2 through WDS links However hosts connected to Bridge 1 CANNOT communicate with hosts connected to Bridge 3 through Bridge 2 Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 bridge Interface 2 bridge Interface 3 Click WDS from Wireless LAN menu The following page will be shown igor2930 Series User s Guide 213 Dray Te k Wireless LAN gt gt WDS Settings WDS Settings Mode Security Disable WEP Pre shared Key WEP Pre shared Key Type DrayTek WPA Rey Setto Factory Default Bridge Enable Peer MAC Address Oo o Ik oD o Use the same WEP key set in Security Settings Note Disable unused links to get better performance Repeater Enable Peer MAC Addess WPA WPA Type 6 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal i digits leading by Ox for example cfgs laz or Ox65Sabed Mode Security WEP Pre shared Key Dray Tek L JL IL IL 7 O T dd dt di yi yi L IL Jd LI LL JL I Access Point Function Enable Disable Status LJ Send Hello message to peers Note The status is valid only when
180. e sent to user and user can review it through Syslog daemon Look for the keyword DoS in the message followed by a name to indicate what kind of attacks is detected SysLog Mail Alert Setup SysLog Access Setup Mail Alert Setup V Enable C Enable Server IP Address 192 168 1 115 SMTP Server Destination Port 514 Mail To Enable syslog message Return Path Firewall Log Authentication O ieee he aes Log alice bs O Call Log Password O WAN Log O Router DSL information i DrayTek Syslog 3 7 0 Controls 192 168 1 1 w WAN Status i Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets TX Rate P e Vigor2930 series 172 16 3 4 32421 4 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate 282506 222308 172 16 3 229 154546 1018 Firewall Log VPN Log User AccessLog Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State Traffic Graph Time Host Message Oct 18 02 54 25 2930 DoS trace_rt Block 172 16 3 181 520 gt 224 0 0 9 520 PR 17 udp len 20 72 lt ADSL Status pe E E A gt ee a 7 ae 76 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 5 Objects Settings For IPs in a range and service ports in a limited range usually will be applied in configuring router s settings therefore we can define them with objects and bind them with groups for using conveniently Later we can select that object group that can apply it For example all the IPs in the same department can be def
181. e time set in the box of interval time The default setting is Enable Please set interval time or schedule time for the router to send notification to CPE Or click Disable to close the mechanism of notification STUN Settings Disable The system will not send connection request binding message to STUN server The default setting is Disable Enable The system will send connection request binding message to STUN server Server IP Type the domain name or IP address of the STUN server Server Port Type the server port The default setting is 3478 Minimum Keep Alive Period The default setting is 60 seconds It determines the minimum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding Maximum Keep Alive Period It determines the maximum period that the STUN binding request must be sent by the CPE to maintain the binding 3 15 3 Administrator Password This page allows you to set new password System Maintenance gt gt Administrator Password Setup Administrator Password Old Password sence New Password TITIL Confirm Password TITIL Old Password Type in the old password The factory default setting for password is blank igor2930 Series User s Guide 227 Dr ay Te k New Password Type in new password in this filed Confirm Password Type in the new password again When you click OK the login window will appear Please use the new password to access into the web con
182. e to Vigog Router via Web GUI ap User requests a certificate issued by CA Server A and Saves it 1 Goto Certificate Management and choose Local Certificate Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH x509 Local Certificate Dray Tek 270 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 You can click GENERATE button to start to edit a certificate request Enter the information in the certificate request Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Request Subject Alternative Name Type Domain Name Domain Name draytek com Subject Name Country C TW State ST Location L Orginization 0 Draytek Orginization Unit OU Common Name CN Email E press draytek com Key Type RSA Key Size 1024 Bit 3 Copy and save the X509 Local Certificate Requet as a text file and save it for later use Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Local C TW O Draytek emailAddress Requesting GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH X509 Local Certificate Request MIIBQjCCARNC AGAWOTELNARKGALUEBHNCYFcxEDAOCBGNVBAOTBORYYX1LOZUsxIDie BokqhkiG9SwOBCQEVEXByZXNzOGRYyYYZLOZWsuY2 StNIGENADGCS AGS IbSDOEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBg DPioahu gF OAYB1iceSOERSD VknId
183. e to set the LAN to LAN profile for VPN dial out connection from server to client step by step VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard Choose VPN Establishment Environment LAh to Lan YPN Client Mode Selection Foute Mlode Please choose a L AN to LAN Profile Index Status Hame Note For a typical LAN to LAN tunnel please select Route Mode If the remote network is expecting only a single client or ip and is not configured to route the subnet and then select NAT mode If in doubt then select Route Mode z Back Finish LAN to LAN Client Mode Choose the client mode Selection Route Mode NAT Mode If the remote network only allows you to dial in with single IP please choose this mode otherwise please choose Route Mode igor2930 Series User s Guide 117 Dr ay Tek Route Route Made MAT Mode Please choose a There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set LAN to LAN Profile Index Status Name a 1 rr E x x fare 4 x vr 5 x fares x eee x fares g x vi J x faa 10 x faa 11 x fae 12 x vr 13 x vid 14 fae 15 x vi 16 x fata 1 fae 16 x eee 19 x vr 2 x faa el x fae ae x fara 23 x vr 24 x vf 25 x TPT 26 x fare p ef x vi 20 x fares 24 x rrr e When you finish the mode and profile selection please click Next to open the following page VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Connection Setting Security ranking 1 is the highest 5 is th
184. eans when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established TCP UPD means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP UDP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established ICMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and ICMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established IGMP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions 154 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide match with the settings specified here and IGMP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established Other means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here with different TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP such binding tunnel table can be established Detail Information This field will display detailed information for Binding Tunnel Policy Below shows a successful binding tunnel policy for load balance VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active In active Delete Binding Dial
185. ecescasenaesace2 eassencasaeetaerseacsencssaccsueqreesseeatasecessacs 12 1 4 ISDN Phone Adapter Installation ccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeaeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeaeeeeessaages 13 Configuring Basic Settings siccciscccinsrcessdecesncstncnenccinswensadecosessdesssnccdeceenssdecesexeds 15 2 1 Changing PassWord senseca E R E E ES 15 PAON a LER 7 ANG EE EEE N E A N EE E EAE E E S 17 ea lal al 9 ae eee ee eee ee ee eee 18 22e el ad 8722 een eee eee een ne ee ne eee ee eee 20 PAPAE as 2 1 om eee ee ee eee ee ee 21 PAT cae ene ne ee en ee E eee 22 2 3 Service Activation WIZAM 2 ccccccceeccccesseeecencccceesenneeeeececcosenseeeenssceseeneeeeesssccssenseeesees 23 PA ONE OA a cece svecanecsnwaienracaaiaasorsedeanssacancsnsnuieansssanimancsaaneatauaiearacnausaserseteanganeasas 26 2D SAVING GONMOUNAUOM scene cacstcancwnsntcenindsavassienditne a i e AEE EEA E EAE EES 28 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP N tWOrk ccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeseseessageeeesaeees 29 CREA E EEE E EA EAE ET EE E A eee 30 3 1 3 Internet ACCESS ccccccccecccccccecececcauecacauauaunenuneueneneneneneneueneneueuenenenenenenenenenenenenenenenenenaeas 32 3 1 4 Load Balance Policy ccccccsssscccccceessececeeeseceecceeeseceeessaueceeesaeaeceeessuaeeesseaeeeesssaaaaees 39 I2 LAN oerda E E EEEE EE E EENEN 42 3 2 1 Basics Of LAN inna a S 42 Se G E e Ue nee eee S E EAE A E E E eee eee cree 44 3 2 3 Stat
186. ecific WAN IP alias For example you have IP addresses ranging from 86 123 123 1 86 123 123 8 However your router uses 86 123 123 1 and the rest of the IPs are recorded in WAN IP alias You want that private IP 192 168 1 10 can use 86 123 123 2 as source IP when it sends packet out to Internet You can use address mapping function to achieve this demand Simply type 192 168 1 10 as the Private IP and type 86 123 123 2 as the WAN IP igor2930 Series User s Guide ol Dray Tek NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Setup Index Protocol iL ALL 2 ALL 3 ALL 4 ALL 5 ALL 6 ALL 7 ALL 8 ALL g ALL 10 ALL Protocol Public IP Private IP Mask Status Setto Factory Default Public IP Private IP Mask Status 1f2 16 5 102 32 172 16 3 102 fs2 8 12 16 3102 32 8 172 16 3 102 fs2 172 16 3 102 fae i 172 16 3 102 a2 re 1f 2 16 3 102 se 8 172 16 3 102 s2 8 172 16 3 102 raa 8 172 16 3 102 fs2 8 Display the protocol used for this address mapping Display the public IP address selected for this entry e g 172 16 3 102 Display the private IP set for this address mapping e g 192 168 1 10 Display the subnet mask selected for this address mapping Display the status for the entry enable or disable Click the index number link to open the configuration page NAT gt gt Address Mapping Index No 1 C Enable Protocol WAR Interface WARK IF Private IP Subnet Mask Enable
187. ected IP Objects 1 RO Department 2 Financial Dept 3 HR Department Name Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Interface Choose WAN LAN or Any to display all the available IP objects with the specified interface Available IP Objects All the available IP objects with the specified interface chosen above will be shown in this box Selected IP Objects Click gt gt button to add the selected IP objects in this box igor2930 Series User s Guide 79 Dray Te k 3 5 3 Service Type Object You can set up to 96 sets of Service Type Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Service Type Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name FREEBREB EP RPP Peep e a i i u M jM SBFSEBBREBEEBREBEER 33 64 65 96 gt gt Next gt gt ds Pose TX Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Object Setup Profile Index 1 is Mame me Protocal TCP Destination Port Name Type a name for this profile Protocol Specify the protocol s which this profile will apply to Source Destination Port Source Port and the Destination Port column are available for TCP UDP protocol It can be ignored for other protocols The filter rule will filter out any port number when the first and last value are the
188. ects vi Protocol E Source Port Destination Port ao hhh Service Group None or Service Object None or Service Object None l 1 SIP or Service Object 2 RTP To set the service type manually please choose User defined as the Service Type and type them in this dialog In addition if you want to use the service type from defined groups or objects please 70 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Fragments Filter Branch to other Filter Set APP Enforcement URL Content Filter igor2930 Series User s Guide choose Group and Objects as the Service Type User defined w User defined Protocol Specify the protocol s which this filter rule will apply to Source Destination Port when the first and last value are the same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this service type when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Service Group Object Use the drop down list to choose the one that you want Specify the action for fragmented packets And it is use
189. eeceeeeesaeaeeeeeeeessseaeseeeeeeesseaageeeeeeees 267 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your ROUtEM cccccsssccccceessececceeeseeeeeceeaeeeeeseaaeceeseaeaeeesseuageeeeeeaas 268 4 7 Request a certificate from a CA server on Windows CA Serve cccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 270 4 8 Request a CA Certificate and Set as Trusted on Windows CA Servet ccccceeeseeeeees 274 4 9 Creating an ACCOUNT fOr MYVIQOF ccccccsseeccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeaaeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeeeeas 276 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router ccccccceeeccecceeseeeeeecaeeeeeeeseeeseeeseseaeeeeeeeseaeeees 276 4 9 2 Creating an Account via MyVigor Web Site cccccccccceesseseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeesaaaseeeeeeess 280 TROUBDIE SHOOUING ssis EEEa 285 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or NoOb ccccccccccceescesesseeeeeeeeseseeeseeeeeeeessaaeeseeeeees 285 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not 0 286 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer ccccccceseeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesssuaaseeseeeees 288 5 4 Checking If the ISP Settings are OK or NoOt ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaneeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 5 5 Backing to Factory Default Setting If Necessary ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeees 289 5 6 Contacting Your Dealer cccccccscsecccceeeceeeeseeeceeeeeeaeeeseeceeeeeesseaaeeeeeessuaaseeeeee
190. eed to setup WPS within 2 minutes The WANI or WAN2 port is connected It will blink while transmitting data The router is managed handled by Telnet It will blink while being managed by IE browser The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected A phone has been connected If not green LED will be off An ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT AISDN SO intern mode configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected It means ISDN TE mode is active which is configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings A phone adapter with phone set has been connected ISDN SO intern mode or ISDN line has been connected ISDN SO extern mode It will be off if there is nothing connected In ISDN NT SDN SO intern mode it means an ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes In ISDN TE mode it means data fax or voice phone call is transmitting The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps Vigor2930 Series User s Guide The port is disconnected with 1OMb
191. encrypted packets Otherwise the MPPE encryption scheme will be used to encrypt the data Optional MPPE k Optional MPPE Require MPPE 40 128 bit Maximum MPPEM 26 bit Require MPPE 40 128bits Selecting this option will force the router to encrypt packets by using the MPPE encryption algorithm In addition the remote dial in user will use 40 bit to perform encryption prior to using 128 bit for encryption In other words if 128 bit MPPE encryption method is not available then 40 bit encryption scheme will be applied to encrypt the data Maximum MPPE This option indicates that the router will use the MPPE encryption scheme with maximum bits 128 bit to encrypt the data The Mutual Authentication function is mainly used to communicate with other routers or clients who need bi directional authentication in order to provide stronger security for example Cisco routers So you should enable this function when your peer router requires mutual authentication You should further specify the User Name and Password of the mutual authentication peer 128 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Start IP Address Enter a start IP address for the dial in PPP connection You should choose an IP address from the local private network For example if the local private network is 192 168 1 0 255 255 255 0 you could choose 192 168 1 200 as the Start IP Address But you have to notice that the first two IP addresses of 192 168 1 200 and 192 168
192. entication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Settings for David DialPlan index 1 Phone Number 2222 Display Name John SIP URL 1234 draytel org SIP Accounts Settings Profile Name John Register via Auto SIP Port 5060 default Domain Realm draytel org Proxy iptel org Act as outbound proxy unchecked Display Name David Account Name 4321 Authentication ID unchecked Password Expiry Time use default value CODEC RTP DTME Use default value Dray Tek Plone Hook Index No 1 Enabla Phone Number 1111 insplay Mame Gawd SIP URI dar ie draylel ong Loop through Nor Backup Pore Hurnber ok Chwa VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Prokile Mimi daiaytiel 1 11 char man Register via Auto make call without register SIP Bort SUFI Domain Realm draytel ong 63 char max Prony draytel arg 63 Dacit as outbound precy Display Name John 23 char mas account NumberName 1734 83 char mae Authentication I0 63 ch j Passeri PTT 63 char mae Expiry Tame I ur Sec HAT Traversal Support Mone Ring Port Hvat Cvor 150N Ring Pattarn i DE Cancel John calls David He picks up the phone and dials 1111 DialPlan Phone Number for David Or He picks up the phone and dials 4321 David s Account Name Phone Book Index Ho 1 a Frable hone Number RAE Depla Meer diiri
193. eover if you want to adjust more settings for different WAN modes please go to WAN group and click the Internet Access link 3 1 1 Basics of Internet Protocol IP Network IP means Internet Protocol Every device in an IP based Network including routers print server and host PCs needs an IP address to identify its location on the network To avoid address conflicts IP addresses are publicly registered with the Network Information Centre NIC Having a unique IP address 1s mandatory for those devices participated in the public network but not in the private TCP IP local area networks LANs such as host PCs under the management of a router since they do not need to be accessed by the public Hence the NIC has reserved certain addresses that will never be registered publicly These are known as private IP addresses and are listed in the following ranges From 10 0 0 0 to 10 255 255 255 From 172 16 0 0 to 172 31 255 255 From 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 255 What are Public IP Address and Private IP Address As the router plays a role to manage and further protect its LAN it interconnects groups of host PCs Each of them has a private IP address assigned by the built in DHCP server of the Vigor router The router itself will also use the default private IP address 192 168 1 1 to communicate with the local hosts Meanwhile Vigor router will communicate with other network devices through a public IP address When the data flow passing through
194. er You can manage remote access by maintaining a table of remote user profile so that users can be authenticated to dial in via VPN connection SLOSS Cede et Site ta Site YPN LAN to LAN Remote Dial in User Teleworker Please choose a This item is available when you choose Site to Site VPN LAN to LAN Profile LAN to LAN as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN profiles for users to set igor2930 Series User s Guide 123 Dr ay Te k Index Status Name a 1 H T77 F 2 E TTY 4 x rr 5 TTY TTY E rr g E TTY J TTY 10 x ve 11 faa 12 TTY 13 TT 14 E rr 7 15 TTY 16 fates 1 x rr 16 ae 14 vee 2U E rr 21 E TTY 22 TTY 23 TTY 24 E rr 25 TTY 26 TTY B ET x rr 20 fates 29 X Try e Please choose a Dial in This item is available when you choose Remote Dial in User User Accounts Teleworker as VPN server mode There are 32 VPN tunnels for users to set Allowed Dial in Type This item is available after you choose any one of dial in user account profiles Next you have to select suitable dial in type for the VPN server profile There are several types provided here similar to VPN Client Wizard PPTP IPSec L2TP with IPSec Policy None Mice to Have lust Different Dial in Type will lead to different configuration page In addition adjustable items for each dial in type will be changed according to the VPN Server Mode Site to Site V
195. er Please set at least one profile for anti virus in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for Web Content Filter Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here by checking the box The log will be displayed on Draytek Syslog window Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1252 Latin v Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box 66 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide DrayTek Syslog 3 197 168 1 1 q WAN Information WAMI IP Fixed
196. er and the LED on the connecter will light orange always However ISDN SO 2 port on this device is configurable for connecting phone or accessing Internet according to the settings that you adjust on WEB UI please refer to VoIP gt gt Phone Setting for detailed information Q Warning When the orange LED lights means ISDN NT mode the ISDN port can be used to connect phone only Wrong ISDN connection might cause severe damage on your device Dray Te K 2 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 1 2 1 For Vigor2930 Dray Tek ACT CPA MGMT VIGOR2930 DUAL WAN SECURITY FIREWALL DoS WAN1 VPN CSM WAN2 QoS LED SIGLIR ACT Activity Blinking Off DoS On Blinking 5 CSM CPA Content Portal Authority On WAN1 2 On Blinking MGMT Blinking VPN On QoS On LED on Connector Left LED n WAN 1 2 Green Off Blinking on Green Off Left LED LAN 1 2 3 4 Green ff Blinking Right LED Green Off 5 Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt IM P2P Profile The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The WANI or WAN2 port is connected It will blink while transmitting data The router is
197. er up again during the schedule Idle Timeout Specify the duration or period for the schedule How often Specify how often the schedule will be applied Once The schedule will be applied just once Weekdays Specify which days in one week should perform the schedule Example Suppose you want to control the PPPoE Internet access connection to be always on Force On from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Other time the Internet access connection should be disconnected Force Down Office 11 1 TEE 3 10 2 10 Hour a 3 Force On i J 6 J i Mon Sun 9 00 am to 6 00 pm Make sure the PPPoE connection and Time Setup is working properly Configure the PPPoE always on from 9 00 to 18 00 for whole week Configure the Force Down from 18 00 to next day 9 00 for whole week o E Assign these two profiles to the PPPoE Internet access profile Now the PPPoE Internet connection will follow the schedule order to perform Force On or Force Down action according to the time plan that has been pre defined in the schedule profiles 3 8 3 RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RADIUS is a security authentication client server protocol that supports authentication authorization and accounting which is widely used by Internet service providers It is the most common method of authenticating and authorizing dial up and tunneled network users Dray Te k 112 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide The built in RADIUS
198. ern mode configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected It means ISDN TE mode is active which is configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings A phone adapter with phone set has been connected ISDN SO intern mode or ISDN line has been connected ISDN SO extern mode It will be off if there is nothing connected In ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode it means an ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes In ISDN TE mode it means data fax or voice phone call is transmitting The port is connected The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Left LED The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting The port is connected with 100Mbps Off Green Off o ooo The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Interface Description Factory Reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Restart Restart the router forcefully Phone 1 2 Connecters for PSTN phones ISDN S0 1 Connecter for ISDN phone s only via ISDN phone adapter Do not connect any other device to such port or connect ISDN lin
199. ers Check Account Password Iowa aves i Ce 4 20 chatacters Do not set the same as the username Confirm Password ccoo Personal Information E Preterences First Name Mary Last Name Ted completion Company Name Tech Ltd Please note that a valid E mail address is required to receive the Subscription Code You will need this code to activate your account Tel 0 all Country SWITZERLAND i Career Supervisor v 6 Choose proper selection for your computer and click Continue Dray Tek Create an account Please enter personal profile Gprareement Personal Information How did you find out about this website What kind of anti virus do you use would like to subscribe to the MyVigor e letter would like to receive DrayTek product news Please select the mail server for receiving the Sdcomptetion 278 Internet v J Antivir v Global Server W Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 7 Now you have created an account successfully Click START Create an account Please enter personal profile Completion EAsreement A confirmation email has been sent to mary_ted tech com Please click on the activation link in the email Personal Information to activate your account E Preferences START 8 Check to see the confirmation email with the title of New Account Confirmation Letter from myvigor draytek com wkk This
200. erver IP Address lili Mode Primary IP Address 166 95 1 1 Ping IP 172 156 3 1 Secondary IP Address TTL 255 Default MAC Address RIP Protocol m Eo re Hez E tel Enable RIP ca Static or Dynamic IP Click Enable for activating this function If you click Disable DHCP Client this function will be closed and all the settings that you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISDN Dial Backup This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function Setup only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click Internet Access Setup gt Dialing to a Single ISP to enter the backup profile None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection This setting is available for i model only Keep WAN Normally this function is designed for Dynamic IP environments Connection because some ISPs will drop connections if there is no traffic igor2930 Series User s Guide within certain periods of time Check Enable PING to keep alive box to activate this function j Dray Tek RIP Protocol WAN Connection Detection MTU WAN IP Network Settings Dray Tek PING to the IP If you enable the PING function please specify the IP address for the system to PING it for keeping alive PING Interval Enter the interval for the system to execute the PING operation Routing
201. ervice types If you want to edit delete an existed service type please select the radio button of that one and click Edit Edit for modification Dray Te k 108 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 8 Applications Below shows the menu items for Applications Dynamic DNS Schedule Y RADIUS UPnP H Wake on LAN 3 8 1 Dynamic DNS The ISP often provides you with a dynamic IP address when you connect to the Internet via your ISP It means that the public IP address assigned to your router changes each time you access the Internet The Dynamic DNS feature lets you assign a domain name to a dynamic WAN IP address It allows the router to update its online WAN IP address mappings on the specified Dynamic DNS server Once the router is online you will be able to use the registered domain name to access the router or internal virtual servers from the Internet It is particularly helpful if you host a web server FTP server or other server behind the router Before you use the Dynamic DNS feature you have to apply for free DDNS service to the DDNS service providers The router provides up to three accounts from three different DDNS service providers Basically Vigor routers are compatible with the DDNS services supplied by most popular DDNS service providers such as www dyndns org WwWw no ip com www dtdns com www changeip com www dynamic nameserver com You should visit their websites to register your own domain name for the router
202. es SIP proxies will forward the sequence of messages to caller to establish the session If you both register to the same SIP Registrar then it will be illustrated as below Proxy Proxy a com b com Alice Bob sip alice draytel com sip bob draytel com The major benefit of this mode is that you don t have to memorize your friend s IP address which might change very frequently if it s dynamic Instead of that you will only have to using dial plan or directly dial your friend s account name if you are with the same SIP Registrar Please refer to the section 4 5 1 Peer to Peer Before calling you have to know your friend s IP Address The Vigor VoIP Routers will build connection between each other Please refer to the section 4 5 2 Vigor VoIP Router Vigor VoIP Router Our Vigor V models firstly apply efficient codecs designed to make the best use of available bandwidth but Vigor V models also equip with automatic QoS assurance QoS Assurance assists to assign high priority to voice traffic via Internet You will always have the required inbound and outbound bandwidth that is prioritized exclusively for Voice traffic over Internet but you just get your data a little slower and it is tolerable for data traffic This page allows you to set phone book and digit map for the VoIP function Click the Phone Book and Digit Map links on the page to access into next pages for dialplan settings Dray
203. es User s Guide 151 Dray Te k Dray Tek Take a look for LAN to LAN profiles Index 1 is chosen as Member index 2 is chosen as Member2 For such reason LAN to LAN profiles of 1 and 2 will be expressed in red to indicate that they are fixed If you delete the VPN TRUNK VPN Backup Load Balance mechanism profile the selected LAN to LAN profiles will be released and expressed in black VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Index Name Status i To A Place Y 2 To B Site 3 To place v 4 To D Site Y How can you set a GRE over IPSec profile l 2 Please go to LAN to LAN to set a profile with IPSec If the router will be used as the VPN Server 1 e with virtual address 192 168 50 200 Please type 192 168 50 200 in the field of My GRE IP Type IP address 192 168 50 100 of the client in the field of Peer GRE IP See the following graphic for an example Callback Budget a minutees 4 GRE over IPSec Settings Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec l Logical Traffic My GRE IP 192 160 50 200 Peer GRE IP 192 160 50 100 5 TCPAIP Network Settings My WAN IP foo RIP Direction TURY Both Remote Gateway IP ooo From first subnet to remote network you have ta 0 0 da Remote Network IP 192 168 10 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 Later on peer side as VPN Client please type 192 168 50 100 in the field of My GRE IP and type IP address of the se
204. et Select the router to change the RIP information of the Ist subnet with neighboring routers 2nd Subnet Select the router to change the RIP information of the 2nd subnet with neighboring routers DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The router by factory default acts a DHCP server for your network so it automatically dispatch related IP settings to any local user configured as a DHCP chent It is highly recommended that you leave the router enabled as a DHCP server if you do not have a DHCP server for your network If you want to use another DHCP server in the network other than the Vigor Router s you can let Relay Agent help you to redirect the DHCP request to the specified location Enable Server Let the router assign IP address to every host in the LAN Disable Server Let you manually assign IP address to every host in the LAN Relay Agent 1 subnet 2 subnet Specify which subnet that DHCP server is located the relay agent should redirect the DHCP request to Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the Ist IP address of your router is 192 168 1 1 the starting IP address must be 192 168 1 2 or greater but smaller than 192 168 1 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the maximum number of PCs that you want the DHCP server to assign IP addresses to The default is 50 and the maximum is 253 Gateway IP Address Enter a value of t
205. et access Dialup 128Kbps allows you to use both ISDN B channels for Internet access Dialup BOD for detailed information of configuration please refer to section 3 12 4 stands for bandwidth on demand The router will use only one B channel in low traffic situations Once the single B channel bandwidth is fully used the other B channel will be activated automatically through the dialup For more detailed BOD parameter settings please refer to the section of Call Control PPP Authentication PAP only allows you to configure the PPP session to use the PAP protocol to negotiate the username and password with the ISP PAP or CHAP is to configure the PPP session to use the PAP or CHAP protocols to negotiate the username and password with the ISP Idle Timeout Idle timeout means the router will be disconnect after being idle for a preset amount of time The default is 180 seconds If you set the time to 0 the ISDN connection to the ISP will always remain on igor2930 Series User s Guide 197 Dr ay Te k IP Address Assignment Method IPCP In most environments you should not change these settings as most ISPs provide a dynamic IP address for the router when it connects to the ISP If your ISP provides a fixed IP address check Yes and enter the IP address in the field of Fixed IP Address Select Dialing to Dual ISPs if you have more than one ISP You will be able to dial to both ISPs at the same time This is mainly for those ISPs that
206. et to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile column for configuration in details Internet protocols are listed in the page for you to choose to disallow people using Any computer controlled or passed through the router will be restricted by this profile 1f it tries to use the protocol to communicate with others Simple check the box es and then click OK Later in the CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile page you can use Protocol Object drop down list to choose the proper profile configured here as the standard for the host s to follow Objects Setting gt gt Protocol Object Profile Profile Index 1 Check for Disallow Select All Protocol CO DNS CIFTP C HTTP C IMAP OIRE CI NNTP CI POP3 C SMB CI SMTP C SNMP C S5H LISSL TLS C TELNET Profile Name Type a name for this profile Type a name for such profile and check all the protocols that not allowed to be used in the host Finally click OK to save this profile Dray Te k 88 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 5 11 Misc Object You can define policy profiles for Misc application The object profile s configured here will be seen and adopted in CSM gt gt IM P2P Profile page Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Misc Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name FREEBREBerYEePrePrPeePee a lia ji P P oD B e P u u i PEFEBBEAEEEBREBEEER Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the n
207. f you choose Wake by IP Address you have to choose the correct IP address Wake by MAC Address WAC A IP Address IP Address The IP addresses that have been configured in Firewall gt gt Bind IP to MAC will be shown in this drop down list Choose the IP address from the drop down list that you want to wake up MAC Address Type any one of the MAC address of the binded PCs Wake Up Click this button to wake up the selected IP See the following figure The result will be shown on the box Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Dray Tek Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address YY YL Result Send command to client done 116 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 9 VPN and Remote Access A Virtual Private Network VPN is the extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks like the Internet In short by VPN technology you can send data between two computers across a shared or public network in a manner that emulates the properties of a point to point private link Below shows the menu items for VPN and Remote Access VPN and Remote Access Note This feature can be applied for ISDN remote dial in or ISDN LAN to LAN connection in series models 3 9 1 VPN Client Wizard Such wizard is used to configure VPN settings for VPN client Such wizard will guid
208. ficate Management gt Local Certificate Import X509 Local Certificate Upload Local Certificate Select a local certificate file certifcate fle Ra Click Import ta upload the local certificate Upload PKCS12 Cerificate Select a PECS12 file Click Import to upload the PECS12 file Upload Certificate and Private Key Select a certificate file and a matchable Private Key Click Import to Upload the local certificate and private key Upload Local Certificate It allows users to import the certificate which is generated by vigor router and signed by CA server If you have done well in certificate generation the Status of the certificate will be shown as OR Import X509 Local Certificate Congratulation Local Certificate has been imported successfully Please click Back to view the certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify draytekdemo O Draytek OU Draytek Sales OK View Delete View Delete View Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH Upload PKCS12 It allows users to import the certificate whose extensions are Certificate usually pfx or p12 And these certificates usually need passwords Note PKCS12 is a standard for storing private keys and certificates securely It is used in among other things Netscape and Microsoft Internet Explorer with their import and export options Upload Certificate and It is useful when users have separated certif
209. figurator again 3 15 4 Configuration Backup Backup the Configuration Follow the steps below to backup your configuration 1 Goto System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup The following windows will be popped up as shown below System Maintenance gt gt Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restoration Restoration Select a configuration file rae Click Restore to upload the file Backup Click Backup to download current running configurations as a file 2 Click Backup button to get into the following dialog Click Save button to open another dialog for saving configuration as a file File Download You are downloading the File hs sA config chg From 192 168 1 1 Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Always ask before opening this type of file 3 In Save As dialog the default filename is config cfg You could give it another name by yourself Dray Te k 228 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Save ini Ei Desktop w My Recent Documents 2 Desktop Emy Documents My Computer Emy Network Places B RYS COM Lite Annex mmm _MWSnapsoo om 9 TeleDanmark oo 9 Tools A My Documents 95 My Computer 2 v2k2_232_config_1 veke_250_config_1 File name contig wt Configuration file we 4 Click Save button the configuration will download automatically to your computer as a file named config cfg My Hetwmork Sav
210. figuring Binding Tunnel After insert Click this radio button to adding a new binding tunnel table Tunnel Bind Table Index 400 binding tunnel tables are provided by this device Choose any one of them for such Load Balance profile Active In active Delete can delete this binding tunnel table Active can activate this binding tunnel table Binding Dial Out Index Specify connection type for transmission by choosing the index LAN to LAN Profile Index for such binding tunnel table Binding Set IP Start End Specify source IP addresses as starting point and ending point Binding Dest IP Start End Specify destination IP addresses as starting point and ending point Binding Dest Port Start End Specify destination service port as starting point and ending point Binding Fragmented Non fragmented packets will be bound with such tunnel table if you choose No Fragmented packets will be bound with such tunnel table if you choose Yes Binding Protocol Any means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here such binding tunnel table can be established for TCP Service Port UDP Service Port ICMP IGMP specified here TCP means when the source IP destination IP destination port and fragment conditions match with the settings specified here and TCP Service Port also fits the number here such binding tunnel table can be established UDP m
211. following page Quick Start Wizard Please confirm your settings WAN Interface WANI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Internet Access DHCP Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and restart the Vigor router Click Finish A page of Quick Start Wizard Setup OK will appear Then the system status of this protocol will be shown Quick Start Wizard Setup OK Dray Te k 22 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 3 Service Activation Wizard Service Activation Wizard can guide you to set WCF Web Content Feature feature with a quick way Note There are three ways to activate WCF on vigor router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard is a tool which allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com For using Web Content Filter Profile please refer to section 3 6 3 Web Content Filter Profile for detailed information Now please follow the steps listed below to activate WCF feature for your router 1 Open Service Activation Wizard Quick Start Wizard ce Service Activation Wizard 2 The screen of Service Activation Wizard will be shown as follows Choose the one you need and click Next In this case we choose to ac
212. fore Make sure you have recorded all useful settings before you pressing The password of factory default is null Software Reset You can reset the router to factory default via Web page Go to System Maintenance and choose Reboot System on the web page The following screen will appear Choose Using factory default configuration and click OK After few seconds the router will return all the settings to the factory settings igor2930 Series User s Guide 289 Dr ay Te k System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration Hardware Reset While the router is running ACT LED blinking press the Factory Reset button and hold for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED blinks rapidly please release the button Then the router will restart with the default configuration Factory MGMT Phone Restart 2 Phone Phone ISON SO After restore the factory default setting you can configure the settings for the router again to fit your personal request 5 6 Contacting Your Dealer If the router still cannot work correctly after trying many efforts please contact your dealer for further help right away For any questions please feel free to send e mail to support draytek com Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek a
213. ftware to help you create PPTP L2TP and L2TP over IPSec tunnel You can find it in CD ROM in the package or go to www draytek com download center Install as instructed 2 After successful installation for the first time user you should click on the Step 0 Configure button Reboot the host 3 Smart FPN Client 3 2 2 WinXP Siz Step This step will add the ProhibitlpSec registry value to computer in order to configure a L2ETP IPSec connection using 4 pre shared key or a L2TP connection For more infomation please read the article O240262 in the Microsoft Knowledgement Base Configure Step 1 Dial to ISP IF vou have already gotten a public IP you can skip this step Step 2 Connect to YPN Server Insert Remove Status Mo connection PPTP ISP VPP igor2930 Series User s Guide 257 Dr ay Te k 3 InStep 2 Connect to VPN Server click Insert button to add a new entry If an IPSec based service is selected as shown below Dial To PH Session Name office VPN Server IP HOST Nametsuch as 123 45 67 89 or draytek com 192 168 1 1 User Mame Password Type of YPM CO PPTP CyL2Te OL2TP over IPSec PPTP Encryption imum strength encreyotian C Use default gateway on remote network You may further specify the method you use to get IP the security method and authentication method If the Pre Shared Key is selected it should be consistent with
214. g example 1 If VLAN 0 is consisted of hosts linked to Pl and P2 and VLAN 1 is consisted of hosts linked to P3 and P4 igor2930 Series User s Guide 49 Dr ay Te k Internet Dray Tek 2 After checking the box to enable VLAN function you will check the table according to the needs as shown below LAN gt gt VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Enable VLANO VLANI VLAN2 VLAN3 m el o a E bje pei m o a N OOBbOe To remove VLAN uncheck the needed box and click OK to save the results 3 2 5 Bind IP to MAC This function is used to bind the P and MAC address in LAN to have a strengthen control in network When this function is enabled all the assigned IP and MAC address binding together cannot be changed If you modified the binding IP or MAC address it might cause you not access into the Internet Click LAN and click Bind IP to MAC to open the setup page Dray Tek 50 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide LAN gt Bind IP to MAC Bind IP to MAC Note IP MAC binding presets DHCP Allocations If you select Strict Bind unspecified LAN clients cannot access the Internet Enable Disable ARP Table LE address Add and Edit IP Address as Mac Address ry oY oY WY Enable Disable Strict Bind ARP Table Add and Edit Refresh IP Bind List Add Edit Delete igor2930 Series User s Guide Strict Bind Select All Sort Refresh IP Bind List Select All S
215. gt p APP Enforcement Profile URL Content Filter Profile Web Content Filter Profile 3 6 1 APP Enforcement Profile As the popularity of all kinds of instant messenger application arises communication cannot become much easier Nevertheless while some industry may leverage this as a great tool to connect with their customers some industry may take reserve attitude in order to reduce employee misusage during office hour or prevent unknown security leak It is similar situation for corporation towards peer to peer applications since file sharing can be convenient but insecure at the same time You can define policy profiles for IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Protocol application This page allows you to set 32 profiles for different requirements The APP Enforcement Profile will be applied in Default Rule of Firewall gt gt General Setup for filtering CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile APP Enforcement Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 17 f 1 3 19 4 20 a 21 G Z 23 24 eL 23 10 26 11 Zi I 2d 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 J2 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Profile Display the number of the profile which allows you to click to set different policy Name Display the name of the APP Enforcement Profile Click the number under Index column for settings in detail igor2930 Series User s Guide 91 Dr ay Te k CSM gt gt
216. gt SSL Tunnel Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number m AE Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method M Medium AH High ESP To check if SSL Tunnel is activated or not please open Draytek SSL VPN portal interface From the web page you will see the message to indicate the SSL Tunnel is activated DrayTek INFO Use SSL Tunnel logout J SSL Tunnel Click Connect to establish an SSL Tunnel to the remote network Warning Keep your browser open to maintain the connection If you reload your browser Vigor SSL Tunnel will disconnect T Change default route to the remote gateway Connect Check the checkbox You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user ISDN number or peer ID used in IKE aggressive mode Uncheck the checkbox This means the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings Pass click it to have an inquiry for data transmission between the hosts located on both sides of VPN Tunnel while connecting Block When there is conflict occurred between the hosts on both sides of VPN Tunnel in connecting such function can block data transmission of Netbios Naming Packet inside the tunnel Some programs might send multicast packets via VPN connection Pass Click this button to let multicast packets pass through 134 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide SSL
217. hat you adjusted in this page will be invalid ISP Access Setup Enter your allocated username password and authentication parameters according to the information provided by your ISP If you want to connect to Internet all the time you can check Always On Username Type in the username provided by ISP in this field Password Type in the password provided by ISP in this field Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application gt gt Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page ISDN Dial Backup This setting is available for the routers supporting ISDN function Setup only Before utilizing the ISDN dial backup feature you must create a dial backup profile first Please click ISDN gt Dialing to a Single ISP to create the backup profile None Disable the backup function Packet Trigger The backup line is not on until a packet from a local host triggers the router to establish a connection This setting is available for i model only WAN Connection Such function allows you to verify whether network connection is alive or not through ARP Detect or Ping Detect igor2930 Series User s Guide 33 Dr ay Tek Detection MTU PPP MP Setup IP Address Assignment Method IPCP Dray Tek Mode Choose ARP Detect or Ping Detect for the system to execute for WAN detection Ping IP If
218. have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium CAH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESF MIDES Mspes MAES Data will be encrypted and authentic 3 Goto LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Brancht Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s VPN Dial Out Through WANT First LJ Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP Multicast via YPN OPass Block for same IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 4 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an PSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection Dray Te k 248 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for IS
219. he backup profile name ERD Mode ERD means Environment Recovers Detection Normal choose this mode to make all dial out VPN TRUNK backup profiles being activated alternatively Recover Timer choose this mode to detect VPN connection periodically and type the value for it the unit is second If VPN server for Member has completed the network connection current VPN Tunnel backup connection will be off Resume when VPN connection breaks down or disconnects Member will be the top priority for the system to do VPN connection Detail Information This field will display detailed information for Environment Recovers Detection 3 9 10 Connection Management You can find the summary table of all VPN connections You may disconnect any VPN connection by clicking Drop button You may also aggressively Dial out by using Dial out Tool and clicking Dial button After adding a new VPN TRUNK profile it will be listed in Backup Load Balance Mode drop down list for you to choose for dialing VPN and Remote Access gt gt Connection Management Bier Refresh Seconds horl Refresh General Mode Alfa 192 168 0 26 H Dial Backup Mode VpnBackup 192 168 2103 gt Dial Load Balance Mode LoadBalance 192 168 2 104 Dial VPN Connection Status Current Page 1 Page No l Go gt gt Tx Tx Rx Rx Pkits Rate Fkts Rate VPN Type Remote IP Virtual Network UpTime General Mode This filed displa
220. he gateway IP address for the DHCP server The value is usually as same as the Ist IP address i Dray Tek DNS Server Configuration of the router which means the router is the default gateway DHCP Server IP Address for Relay Agent Set the IP address of the DHCP server you are going to use so the Relay Agent can help to forward the DHCP request to the DHCP server DNS stands for Domain Name System Every Internet host must have a unique IP address also they may have a human friendly easy to remember name such as www yahoo com The DNS server converts the user friendly name into its equivalent IP address Force DNS manual setting Force Vigor router to use DNS servers in this page instead of DNS servers given by the Internet Access server PPPoE PPTP L2TP or DHCP server Primary IP Address You must specify a DNS server IP address here because your ISP should provide you with usually more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default DNS Server IP address 194 109 6 66 to this field Secondary IP Address You can specify secondary DNS server IP address here because your ISP often provides you more than one DNS Server If your ISP does not provide it the router will automatically apply default secondary DNS Server IP address 194 98 0 1 to this field The default DNS Server IP address can be found via Online Status System Status System Uptime 71 47 46 LAN Status Primary D
221. iated with the peer party before each session and so may not be your default choice The default codec is G 729A B it occupies little bandwidth while maintaining good voice quality If your upstream speed is only 64Kbps do not use G711 codec It is better for you to have at least 256Kbps upstream if you would like to use G 711 Prefer Codec 7114 b4tk bps G711iMU 4kKbos 3 7114 64K bps G 7294 6 BkKbps G 723 6 4kbps Single Codec If the box is checked only the selected Codec will be applied Packet Size The amount of data contained in a single packet The default value is 20 ms which means the data packet will contain 20 ms voice information Packet Size Ums Voice Active Detector This function can detect if the voice on both sides is active or not If not the router will do something to save the bandwidth for other using Click On to invoke this function click off to close the function voice Active Detector You can set SIP accounts up to six groups on SIP Account page Use the drop down list to choose one of the profile names for the accounts as the default one for this phone setting Play dial tone only when account registered Check this box to invoke the function Enable ISDN to VoIP On Net Calls Check this box to make all the outgoing calls from ISDN line to be forwarded to receivers by Internet Enable VoIP to ISDN Off Net Calls Check this box to make all the incoming
222. ic Route sini stetintecscrecoucctowonseceeaanwon dit cawectiioun tnctceueeaiiadgdleaiiiaannetdioundnctcaweneatiacydeaiiacawetdaavane 46 SLAIN MONIO recorram nina A NANE aiii 49 3 2 5 Bind IP to MAC ieeceestecosentcnoriausciuavcasvisieanasatna lactccuaweatiadsileatuie anes sleet leu itsouceainabydendianaoaseteeweine 50 3 2 6 Web Authentication ccccccccccccececcccecececcccececucceueuececscuausececaeeaenecsuecseauaenerseauunenersnaees 52 How to use Web Authentication cccccccececcecececececcececececaccececueauausecscecauuausecseauaunerseaueunenenes 53 CECH rT E E A E uate leis E E E A E EAE A A A 54 3 3 1 Port Redirection 2 0 00 ccc ceccceccccccecececcccececucuucececscucceaunececscuaenececseaunenerscauaunecerseauaeaenenersenens 54 Oe D V VA TOS P 57 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide v Dray Te k TIS OSI ONS atte ace E E EE E E E T EES E EER 60 3 3 4 Address Mapping esisissriinesusuonniani ninian iea ine iania 61 SER ON a a E A E E store eveneaealnsraecee aeons ncaaeened 63 341 Basics 0r Firewall scree n r a a eee ee eee 63 SEAE pee Ee i e E E T O E AT T A E 65 eE ES T e A E A E A A N E E 68 AA DOS DEGNE oneee E E E 74 SNe 8 2 6 See CN aaan E eee ee ee ee eee 77 KIP 8 2 0 eane a ee ee ee ee 77 S o yt a TOUD annem een ee E ee eee ee ee 79 O25 OEIVICE Type ODEO asccecdessneestncattosesiestinsnsscseehsdsiew sas ctinds avaeavsetandateeesepabewndtestieestee lt sdeneedaseessthe 80 3 5 4 Service TYPO Group cccc
223. ic VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the OP number of 886 will be deleted completely for the prefix number is set with 886 Replace When you choose this mode the OP number will be replaced by the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example the prefix number of 03 will be replaced by 8863 For example dial number of 031111111 will be changed to 88631111111 and sent to os Dray Tek SIP server Mode amp Repl OP Number The front number you type here is the first part of the account number that you want to execute special function according to the chosen mode by using the prefix number Min Len Set the minimal length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Take the above picture Prefix Table Setup web page as an example if the dial number is between 7 and 9 that number can apply the prefix number settings here Max Len Set the maximum length of the dial number for applying the prefix number settings Interface Choose the one that you want to enable the prefix number settings from the saved SIP accounts Please set up one SIP account first to make this interface available Call Barring Call barring is used to block phone calls that are not welcomed VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Call Barring Setup Setto Factory Default Index Call Direction B
224. ically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address For Mac OS 1 Double click on the current used Mac OS on the desktop 2 Open the Application folder and get into Network 3 On the Network screen select Using DHCP from the drop down list of Configure IPv4 1 I Me annem ici A11 ia lt mae GG Show All Displays Sound Network Startup Disk Location Automatic Show Built in Ethernet E t TCP IP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxies Ethernet IP Address 192 168 110 Renew DHCP Lease Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DHCP Client ID If required Router 192 168 1 1 DNS Servers Optional Search Domains Optional IPv6 Address fe80 0000 0000 0000 020a 95ff fe8d 72e4 Configure IPv6 D Se an E E E EEE rr Click the lock to prevent further changes Assist me Apply Now igor2930 Series User s Guide 287 Dr ay Tek 5 3 Pinging the Router from Your Computer The default gateway IP address of the router is 192 168 1 1 For some reason you might need to use ping command to check the link status of the router The most important thing is that the computer will receive a reply from 192 168 1 1 If not please check the IP address of your computer We suggest you setting the network connection as get IP automatically
225. icates and private Private Key keys And the password is needed if the private key is encrypted Dray Te k 160 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide REFRESH Click this button to refresh the information listed below View Click this button to view the detailed settings for certificate request E http A 192 168 11 Certificate Signing Request Information Microsoft Internet Explorer DR Certificate Signing Request Information Certificate Name server Issuer SEC CSTW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu O Draytek OU MKT CN DT emaillAddress supportd draytek com Subject Alternative Name Valid From Valid To PEM Format Content NITBwecC aS wl stawgiI xc caJBGhVBAYTAlLREMRawDgYDVoolEwdIic2 LuYzhilhaw Dg YDPVOQHEwdled LuYzZhiNhawDgYDVOOKE wdEcmF Sd6Vr Mouv gvDVOoLEwWWS 10 CeAIJBQGNVEBANTARRUMS IwlaYd Kos ThvcNagkbF hn sdsbubs J0oGRyYsloevsure ot MIGHNAUGCS AGS Ibs DOERR AQUAsAGNADCRIGERGOCHOSBgGaDLTED wooucShYPuqila Rar uaSCEJ 4 hmJ Vokmk6FRYEU2Z SPTulltayvyPEH61M2 cHDLRUThOnEMAaGhluVsn3u k 2rWOMNp2 IF pbnd Y omolbue2 61011 Evo Yn Yy I gk CMhdpsqm0rGcikenoscyr uz T aqY fk GaowsftOIDagabosawDoOYI Kos lhycWNaGeFBOADGYEAB1iNMnce zHBdu HOT KtPJabkyo2 VEoOYTYOxJxullrhVadhvTxSWqhet ysis DLAVSIOYIPssTs94Ddcn yolrbh Z06IsxcUsk VOG MByYOlubchHuRYRAxi2 RTNOYOICRscVIMNExx 44 pnkWNB TaleOlwe 12 BhlnYEzFOQsurlIszyY Close Note You have to copy the certificate request information from above window Next access your CA se
226. idth which is called TCP slow start If other applications are not protected by QoS it will detract much from their performance in the overcrowded network This is especially essential to those are low tolerant of loss delay or jitter delay variation Another reason is due to congestions at network intersections where speeds of interconnected circuits mismatch or traffic aggregates packets will queue up and traffic can be throttled back to a lower speed If there s no defined priority to specify which packets should be discarded or in another term dropped from an overflowing queue packets of sensitive applications mentioned above might be the ones to drop off How this will affect application performance There are two components within Primary configuration of QoS deployment Classification Identifying low latency or crucial applications and marking them for high priority service level enforcement throughout the network Scheduling Based on classification of service level to assign packets to queues and associated service types The basic QoS implementation in Vigor routers is to classify and schedule packets based on the service type information in the IP header For instance to ensure the connection with the headquarter a teleworker may enforce an index of QoS Control to reserve bandwidth for HTTPS connection while using lots of application at the same time One more larger scale implementation of QoS network
227. ield is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine Check for VoIP to ISDN Calls Set a pin code for the router to authenticate which one is allowed to dial VoIP to ISDN call The figure that you can type in this field is limited from three to eight with digits from zero to nine DTMF mode There are four selections provided here InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message OTMF mode RFC2933 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format m Dray Tek Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode 3 11 4 Status From this page you can find codec connection and other important call status for each port VoIP gt Status Status Refresh Seconds Rx Elapse Tx Rx Rx In Out Speaker Pate Sia SONGE PERRI hh mm ss Pkts Pkts Losts ao Calls Ca
228. ields to prevent the router the router from dialing the specific MSN number MSN Numbers for the MSN Numbers mean that the router is able to accept only Router number matched incoming calls In addition local ISDN network provider should support MSN services The router Dray Te k 194 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Mapping to Phone Ports Phone CLIR CLIP igor2930 Series User s Guide provides ten fields for MSN numbers Note that MSN service must be acquired from your local telecom operators By default MSN function is disabled If you leave the fields blank all incoming calls will be accepted without number matching 1 10 fields Fill in the portion that is different with the own number For example the own number is 1234567 and MSN numbers are 1234550 1234517 and 1234582 respectively You can type in 1234567 in the filed of own number Fill in 50 17 and 67 on the fields of 1 2 and 3 one by one without typing 12345 For loop through phone calls you can assign Phone 1 Phone 2 ISDN1 SO as ring ports if incoming calls correspond with settings on MSN number field There are ten internal lines 30 39 under ISDN1 SO for you to configure as dedicated line You can setup your ISDN phone with one of these 10 different internal MSN numbers Transparent means MSN on TE port can connect to NT port without limitation on the number among 30 39 Any means all the phones under ISDN1 SO would ring 0 150N1 50 l
229. ient or other secure program Once you acquire a certificate you will be able to securely identify yourself to other people over the web sign your e mail messages encrypt your e mail messages and more depending upon the type of certificate you request Select a task ceseeossescsoeasoososssoescosoessseoaseosseossesosesosscssesasoscessooepecpessscosssescsossesssocaseocsesesossessessososascocusnsesesosnesossesssosoosseasososnsseosososossososoessesssy O Request a certificate Check on a pending certificate Dray Te k 274 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 In Choose file to download click CA Certificate Current and Base 64 encoded and Download CA certificate to save the cer file i Microsoft Certificate Services Microsoft Internet Explorer eles ERDO HO HAO BAREA IAM HAW Phd O Or kran A Z bba FIED htp 172 16 2 179 cortsrvicertcare asp JBrz se msi y ORS J EBET AEE X HARERES G19 v Hotmail Qh Mesenger A I MSN Microsoft Certificate Services vigor Retrieve The CA Certificate Or Certificate Revocation List Install this CA certification path to allow your computer to trust certificates issued from this certification authority tis not necessary to manually install the CA certification path if you request and install a certificate from this certification authority because the CA certification path will be installed for you automatically Choose file to download CA Certificate
230. ighboring routers via the Ist subnet 192 168 1 0 24 The second is that those hosts on the internal private subnets ex 192 168 10 0 24 can access the Internet via the router and continuously exchange of IP routing information with different subnets 2 Click the LAN Static Route and click on the Index Number 1 Check the Enable box Please add a static route as shown below which regulates all packets destined to 192 168 10 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 2 Click OK LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface Lan M 3 Return to Static Route Setup page Click on another Index Number to add another static route as show below which regulates all packets destined to 211 100 88 0 will be forwarded to 192 168 1 3 LAN gt gt Static Route Setup Index No 1 Enable Destination IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway IP Address Network Interface 4 Go to Diagnostics and choose Routing Table to verify current routing table Diagnostics gt gt View Routing Table Current Running Routing Table Refresh Fey connected 3 static R RIF default private ae 192 168 10 0 255 255 255 0 wia 192 168 1 2 LAN D 192 166 1 0 255 255 255 0 is directly connected ae 211 100 86 0 255 255 455 0 via 192 168 1 3 LAN Dray Te K 48 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 2 4 VLAN Monitor Virtual LAN function provides you a ver
231. igital Signature X 509 Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High ESP Encapsulating Security Payload means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated Select 140 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Advanced igor2930 Series User s Guide from below DES without Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme DES with Authentication Use DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm 3DES without Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme 3DES with Authentication Use triple DES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm AES without Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and not apply any authentication scheme AES with Authentication Use AES encryption algorithm and apply MD5 or SHA 1 authentication algorithm Specify mode proposal and key life of each IKE phase Gateway etc The window of advance setup is shown as below 3 IKE advanced settings Microsoft Internet Explorer IKE advanced settings IKE phase 1 mode Main mode Aggressive mode IKE phase 1 proposal DES_MD5_G1 DES_SHA1_G1 3DES_MD5_G1 3DES_MD5_
232. ild connection When the connection is successful you will find a green light on the right down corner 4 3 QoS Setting Example Assume a teleworker sometimes works at home and takes care of children When working time he would use Vigor router at home to connect to the server in the headquarter office downtown via either HTTPS or VPN to check email and access internal database Meanwhile children may chat on Skype in the restroom 1 Goto Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service General Setup s Class Class Class wae Index Status Bandwidth Directon 1 9 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 2595 25 25 25 Inactive Setup WAN2 Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 259 2596 2556 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Name Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit 2 Click Setup link of WAN 1 Make sure the QoS Control on the left corner is checked And select BOTH in Direction igor2930 Series User s Guide 259 Dray Te k Enable the QoS Control BOTH IN OUT BOTH WAN Inbou WAN Outh 3 Set Inbound Outbound bandwidth Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service WAN1 General Setup Enable the QoS Control BOTH WAR Inbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps WAN Outbound Bandwidth 10000 kbps Note The rate of outbound inbound must be smaller than the real bandwidth to ensure correct calculation
233. in CSM gt gt URL Web Content Filter Profile Objects Setting gt gt Keyword Group Keyword Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name PSAP ere ee FREBREE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for setting in detail igor2930 Series User s Guide 83 Dr ay Tek Objects Setting gt Keyword Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Keyword Objects Selected Keyword Objects Max 3 Objects Name Type a name for this group Available Keyword You can gather keyword objects from Keyword Object page Objects within one keyword group All the available Keyword objects that you have created will be shown in this box l K j a a o IEEES Click button to add the selected Keyword objects in this box 3 5 7 File Extension Object This page allows you to set eight profiles which will be applied in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter All the files with the extension names specified in these profiles will be processed according to the chosen action Profile 1 with name of default is the default profile some files with the file extensions specified in this profile will be ignored and not be scanned by Vigor router Objects Setting gt gt File Extension Object File Extension Object Profiles Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name 1 J 2 G 3 4 8 Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Profile
234. in red and the session column will display the remaining time that the specified IP will be blocked 3 Kbps shared bandwidth residual bandwidth used Current Peak are average Enable Data Flow Check this box to enable this function Monitor Refresh Seconds Use the drop down list to choose the time interval of refreshing data flow that will be done by the system automatically Refresh Seconds IU Refresh Click this link to refresh this page manually Index Display the number of the data flow IP Address Display the IP address of the monitored device TX rate kbps Display the transmission speed of the monitored device RX rate kbps Display the receiving speed of the monitored device Sessions Display the session number that you specified in Limit Session web page Action Block can prevent specified PC accessing into Internet within 5 minutes Page Refresh bps Sessions Action ae Block Unblock the device with the IP address will be blocked in five igor2930 Series User s Guide 241 Dray Te k minutes The remaining time will be shown on the session column Page Refresh Sessions Action blacked 299 Unblock Current Peak Speed Current means current transmission rate and receiving rate for WANI WAN Peak means the highest peak value detected by the router in data transmission Speed means line speed specified in WAN gt gt General If you do not specify any rate at that page here will display Aut
235. ind more to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable one Next click the link of Test a site to verify whether it is categorized to do the verification CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Activate Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name i Default Z G 3 f 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters Cache L1 L2 Cache lt hody gt lt center gt lt hr gt lt brs lt hbr lt p gt The requested Web page lt br gt from 51F lt br to URL lt hre gt that is categorized with CL5 lt br gt has been blocked hy RNAMES Web Content Filter lt p gt Please contact your system administrator for further information lt center gt lt body gt Dray Te k 96 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Activate Setup Query Server Setup Test Server Find more Test a site to verify whether it is categorized Set to Factory Default Cache Click it to access into My Vigor for activating WCE service It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected You need to specify a server for categorize searching when you type URL in browser based on the web content filter profile It is recommend for you to use the default setting auto selected By the way you can click the link of Test a site
236. ind with the business deal of SLA among different DS domain owners It s not easy to achieve deterministic and consistent high priority QoS traffic throughout the whole network with merely Vigor router s effort In the Bandwidth Management menu click Quality of Service to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Quality of Service General Setup Class Class Class a Index Status Bandwidth Directon i 5 3 Others Bandwidth Control WANI Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 2556 255 Inactive Setup WANS Disable 10000Kbps 10000Kbps 25 25 25 25 Inactive Setup Class Rule Index Mame Rule Service Type Class 1 Edit Class 2 Edit Edit Class 3 Edit This page displays the QoS settings result of the WAN interface Click the Setup link to access into next page for the general setup of WAN 1 2 interface As to class rule simply click the Edit link to access into next for configuration You can configure general setup for the WAN interface edit the Class Rule and edit the Service Type for the Class Rule for your request General Setup for WAN Interface When you click Setup you can configure the bandwidth ratio for QoS of the WAN interface There are four queues allowed for QoS control The first three Class 1 to Class 3 class rules can be adjusted for your necessity Yet the last one is reserved for the packets which are not suitable for the user defined class rules igor2930 Series User s Guide 103 Dr ay Te k Bandwidth
237. ined with an IP object a range of IP address Objects Setting Besides you can define object profiles for different policy of IM Instant Messenger P2P Peer to Peer Misc application 3 5 1 IP Object You can set up to 192 sets of IP Objects with different conditions Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Setto Factory Default 1E 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 g 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 by xo 1 2 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail igor2930 Series User s Guide ce Dr ay Tek Objects Setting gt gt IP Object Profile Index 1 Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection Name Interface Address Type Start IP Address End IP Address Subnet Mask Invert Selection RD Department Any vi Range Address i 192 168 1 64 192 168 1 75 Type a name for this profile Maximum 15 characters are allowed Choose a proper interface WAN LAN or Any Interface For example the Direction setting in Edit Filter Rule will ask you specify IP or IP range for WAN or LAN or any IP address If you choose LAN as the Interface here and choose LAN as the direction setting in Edit Filter Rule then all the IP addresses specified with LAN interface will be
238. ing a VPN server inside your LAN you should uncheck the appropriate protocol above to allow pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings igor2930 Series User s Guide ou Dray Tek The Vigor router will not accept the ISDN dial in connection if the box of Enable ISDN Dial in is not checked 3 9 4 PPP General Setup This submenu only applies to PPP related VPN connections such as PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol Dial In PPP Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Wsername Password Dial In PPP Authentication PAP Only PAP or CHAP Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE Mutual Authentication PAP Dray Tek PAP or CHAP Optional MPPE ka Yes No IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Start IP Address 192 166 1 200 Select this option to force the router to authenticate dial in users with the PAP protocol Selecting this option means the router will attempt to authenticate dial in users with the CHAP protocol first If the dial in user does not support this protocol it will fall back to use the PAP protocol for authentication This option represents that the MPPE encryption method will be optionally employed in the router for the remote dial in user If the remote dial in user does not support the MPPE encryption algorithm the router will transmit no MPPE
239. ing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Tone Settings Region User Defined User Defined ow Speaker slovakia mcr Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication te Dray Tek Volume Gain MISC DTMF MSN Alias Dray Tek Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital form it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTME tone and transfer it i
240. ion Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation After you have finished the setting profiles for WCF refer to Web Content Filter Profile it is the time to activate the mechanism for your computer Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page for accessing http myvigor draytek com igor2930 Series User s Guide 235 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek System Maintenance gt Activation Web Filter License Status Not Activated Activate via interface WAN 1 w Activate Authentication Message WebFilter Service not activate 2010 10 12 00 43 33 Note If you want to use email alert or syslog please configure the SysLog Mail Alert Setup page If you change the service provider the configuration of the function will be reset Activate via Interface Activate Authentication Message Choose WAN interface used by such device for activating Web Content Filter Activate via interface auto selected WAN 1 AN 2 The Activate link brings you accessing into www vigorpro com to finish the activation of the account and the router As for authentication information of web filter the process of authenticating will be displayed on this field for your reference 236 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 16 Diagnostics Diagnostic Tools provide a useful way to view or diagnose the status of your Vigor router Below shows the menu items
241. ion is allowed to connect with the router See Statistics Add to WDS Settings AP s MAC address Bridge Repeater If you want the found AP applying the WDS settings please type in the AP s MAC address on the bottom of the page and click Bridge or Repeater Next click Add to Later the MAC address of the AP will be added to Bridge or Repeater field of WDS settings page 3 13 8 Station List Station List provides the knowledge of connecting wireless clients now along with its status code There is a code summary below for explanation For convenient Access Control you can select a WLAN station and click Add to Access Control below Dray Te k 216 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Wireless LAN gt gt Station List Station List Status MAC Address Status Codes Connected No encryption Connected WEP Connected WPA Connected WPAZ Blocked by Access Control Connecting Fail to pass 802 1 or WPA PSK authentication TZET Note After a station connects to the router successfully it may be turned off without notice In that case it will stil be on the list until the connection expires Add to Access Control Client s MAC address Add Refresh Click this button to refresh the status of station list Add Click this button to add current selected MAC address into Access Control igor2930 Series User s Guide 217 Dray Te
242. ireless network including its SSID as identification located channel etc Internet SSID Draytek Channel 6 Mode WEP only 192 168 1 1 Security Overview Real time Hardware Encryption Vigor Router is equipped with a hardware AES encryption engine so it can apply the highest protection to your data without influencing user experience Complete Security Standard Selection To ensure the security and privacy of your wireless communication we provide several prevailing standards on market Dray Te k 202 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy is a legacy method to encrypt each frame transmitted via radio using either a 64 bit or 128 bit key Usually access point will preset a set of four keys and it will communicate with each station using only one out of the four keys WPA Wi Fi Protected Access the most dominating security mechanism in industry is separated into two categories WPA personal or called WPA Pre Share Key WPA PSK and WPA Enterprise or called WPA 802 1x In WPA Personal a pre defined key is used for encryption during data transmission WPA applies Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP for data encryption while WPA2 applies AES The WPA Enterprise combines not only encryption but also authentication Since WEP has been proved vulnerable you may consider using WPA for the most secure connection You should select the appropriate security mechanism according to your needs No matter
243. irm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 1 509 Peer ID Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask igor2930 Series User s Guide 119 rf WANT First v N 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Dray Tek When you choose L2TP you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard TET UNOM EIE SEE Profile Name VPN Dial OQut Through WAN First O Always on Server IP Host Name for VPN fe g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 draytek com Username Password Remote Network IP 192 168 1 6 Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 When you choose L2TP over IPSec Nice to Have Must you will see the following graphic VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Client Wizard VPN Client LATP over IPSec Nice to Have Settings Profile Name ere YPN Dial Gut Through WANT First O Always on Server IP Host Name for PM e g 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Confirm Pre Shared Key Digital Signature X 509 Peer ID Mone Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate None mh IPSec Security Method Medium CAH High ESP Username ere Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Dray Te k 120 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Profile Name VPN Dial Out Through
244. is All which means all the incoming data from any port will be redirected to specified range of IP address and port Specify which port can be redirected to the specified Private IP and Port of the internal host If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Simply type the required number on the first box The second one will be assigned automatically later Specify the private IP address of the internal host providing the service If you choose Range as the port redirection mode you will see two boxes on this field Type a complete IP address in the first box as the starting point and the fourth digits in the second box as the end point Specify the private port number of the service offered by the internal host Note that the router has its own built in services servers such as Telnet HTTP and FTP etc Since the common port numbers of these services Servers are all the same you may need to reset the router in order to avoid confliction For example the built in web configurator in the router is with default port 80 which may conflict with the web server in the local network http 192 168 1 13 80 Therefore you need to change the router s http port to any one other than the default port 80 to avoid conflict such as 8080 This can be set in the System Maintenance gt gt Management Setup Dray Tek 56 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide You then will access the admin screen of by s
245. is blank on the field of Old Password Type a new one in the field of New Password and retype it on the field of Retype New Password Then click OK to continue Now the password has been changed Next time use the new password to access the Web Configurator for this router Connect to 1 92 168 1 1 Login to the Router Web Configurator User name Password 2 ane _ Remember my password cane 16 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 2 Quick Start Wizard If your router can be under an environment with high speed NAT the configuration provide here can help you to deploy and use the router quickly The first screen of Quick Start Wizard is entering login password After typing the password please click Next Quick Start Wizard Enter login password Please enter an alpha numeric string as your Password Max 23 characters On the next page as shown below please select the WAN interface that you use Choose Auto negotiation as the physical type for your router Then click Next for next step Quick Start Wizard Select WAN Interface Select WAN Interface WAMI Physical Mode Ethernet Physical Type Auto negotiation Auto negotiation TOM half duplex TOM full duplex 100M half duplex 100M1 full duplex On the next page as shown below please select the appropriate Internet access type according to the information from your ISP For example you should select PPPoE mode if the ISP provides you P
246. is to apply DSCP Differentiated Service Code Point and IP Precedence disciplines at Layer 3 Compared with legacy IP Precedence that uses Type of Service ToS field in the IP header to define 8 service classes DSCP is a successor creating 64 classes possible with backward IP Precedence compatibility Dray Te k 102 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide In a QoS enabled network or Differentiated Service DiffServ or DS framework a DS domain owner should sign a Service License Agreement SLA with other DS domain owners to define the service level provided toward traffic from different domains Then each DS node in these domains will perform the priority treatment This is called per hop behavior PHB The definition of PHB includes Expedited Forwarding EF Assured Forwarding AF and Best Effort BE AF defines the four classes of delivery or forwarding classes and three levels of drop precedence in each class Vigor routers as edge routers of DS domain shall check the marked DSCP value in the IP header of bypassing traffic thus to allocate certain amount of resource execute appropriate policing classification or scheduling The core routers in the backbone will do the same checking before executing treatments in order to ensure service level consistency throughout the whole QoS enabled network Private Network DS domain 1 DS domain 2 However each node may take different attitude toward packets with high priority marking since it may b
247. k the box to achieve the goal Some SIP server allows user to use VoIP function without registering For such server please check the box of Call without registration Choosing Auto is recommended The system will select a proper way for your VoIP call Register via Set the port number for sending receiving SIP message for building a session The default value is 5060 Your peer must set the same value in his her Registrar Set the domain name or IP address of the SIP Registrar server Set domain name or IP address of SIP proxy server By the time you can type port number after the domain name to specify that port as the destination of data transmission e g nat draytel org 5065 Check this box to make the proxy acting as outbound proxy The caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen Enter your account name of SIP Address e g every text before Check the box to invoke this function and enter the name or number used for SIP Authorization with SIP Registrar If this setting value is the same as Account Name it is not necessary for you to check the box and set any value in this field The password provided to you when you registered with a SIP service The time duration that your SIP Registrar server keeps your registration record Before the time expires the router will send another register request to SIP Registrar again If the router e g broadband router you use connects to internet b
248. k your basic installation status stage by stage Checking if the hardware status is OK or not Checking if the network connection settings on your computer are OK or not Pinging the router from your computer Checking if the ISP settings are OK or not Backing to factory default setting if necessary If all above stages are done and the router still cannot run normally it is the time for you to contact your dealer for advanced help 5 1 Checking If the Hardware Status Is OK or Not Follow the steps below to verify the hardware status 1 Check the power line and WLAN LAN cable connections Refer to 2 1 Hardware Installation for details 2 Turn on the router Make sure the ACT LED blink once per second and the correspondent LAN LED is bright ACT ACT CPA NGNT DoS WAN Phonet CSM WAN Phoncz 3 If not it means that there is something wrong with the hardware status Simply back to 2 1 Hardware Installation to execute the hardware installation again And then try again igor2930 Series User s Guide 285 Dray Te k 5 2 Checking If the Network Connection Settings on Your Computer Is OK or Not Sometimes the link failure occurs due to the wrong network connection settings After trying the above section if the link is stilled failed please do the steps listed below to make sure the network connection settings is OK For Windows The example is based on Windows XP As to the e
249. ket Pass OBlock Multicast via VPN OPass Block for some IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with IPSec Policy Dial Number for ISON or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Eee Profile Name connection Enable this profile Call Direction Both Dial OQut Bial In Always on Idle Timeout 300 second s C Enable PING to keep alive PING to the IP Link Type b4k bps Password l PAPYCHAP on off PPP Authentication YJ Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 Peer IO Local ID Alternative Subject Name First Subject Name First Local Certificate IPSec Security Method Mediumi AH High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP C Require Remote to Callback C Provide ISON Number to Remote Specify a name for the profile of the LAN to LAN VPN Connection Through Dray Tek Check here to activate this profile Use the drop down menu to choose a proper WAN interface for this profile This setting is useful for dial out only WANT First YPN Connection Through ANT First WAN I First While connecting the router will use WAN1 as the first channel for VPN connection If WAN fails the 138 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN
250. l C L2TF with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number 210 135 240 210 orPeerID o O IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Ol Digital Signature 1 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES 3DES AES local ID optiona Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget bo minutes Dray Tek Vigor2930 Series User s Guide If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection Index No 1 User account and Authentication Enable this account Username draytek Allowed Dial In Type IKE Authentication Method C ISON Pre Shared key PPTR LJ IPSec Tunnel Digital Signature 1 509 C LATP with IPSec Policy Specify Remote Node Remote Client IP or Peer ISDN Number Medium AH 210 135 240 210 High ESP orPeerID DES A 3DES Mae S Local ID optional IPSec Security Method Callback Function Check to enable Callback function Specify the callback number Check to enable Callback Budget Control Callback Budget minutes ok Settings in the remote host 1 For Win98 ME you may use Dial up Networking to create the PPTP tunnel to Vigor router For Win2000 XP please use Network and Dial up connections or Smart VPN Client complimentary so
251. lity of the security for the LAN because it will carry significant information such as security TCC closed user group parameters a series of Internet addresses routing messages etc An eavesdropper outside might learn the details of your private networks Check the box to enforce the Vigor router to defense the Land attacks The Land attack combines the SYN attack technology with IP spoofing A Land attack occurs when an attacker sends spoofed SYN packets with the identical source and destination addresses as well as the port number to victims Check the box to activate the Block Smurf function The Vigor router will ignore any broadcasting ICMP echo request Check the box to enforce the Vigor router not to forward any trace route packets Check the box to activate the Block SYN fragment function The Vigor router will drop any packets having SYN flag and more fragment bit set Check the box to activate the Block fraggle Attack function Any broadcast UDP packets received from the Internet is blocked Activating the DoS DDoS defense functionality might block some legal packets For example when you activate the fraggle attack defense all broadcast UDP packets coming from the Internet are blocked Therefore the RIP packets from the Internet might be dropped Check the box to activate the Block TCP flag scan function Any TCP packet with anomaly flag setting is dropped Those scanning activities include no flag scan FIN without
252. lls Gain Phonel IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 a 0 0 G Fhonez IDLE 00 00 00 0 O O 0 0 0 5 ISON1 B1 IDLE 00 00 00 0 O O 0 0 0 5 ISON1 B2 IDLE 00 00 00 0 O 0 a 0 0 ISDN2 B1 IDLE 00 00 00 0 O O 0 0 0 ISONZ2 B2 IDLE 00 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 O Log Date Time Duration In Out Miss Account ID imm dd yyy ihh rmi 32 00 00 E o0 o00 o0 o00 OO O0 E 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 OO O0 E 0 0 0 OO0 O0 O OO0 O0 E Refresh Seconds Specify the interval of refresh time to obtain the latest VoIP calling information The information will update immediately when the Refresh button is clicked Fefresh Seconds Port It shows current connection status for the port of Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 and ISDN2 The ISDN1 2 appears only when the router is equipped with ISDN interface ISDN1 means B1 channel for the physical ISDN port ISDN2 means B2 channel for the physical ISDN port Be aware that ISDN1 2 port is available for the users living in Europe and using Vigor 2930VSn only For other V models only the status for VoIP1 and VoIP2 will be shown in this page Status It shows the VoIP connection status Dray Tek IDLE Indicates that the VoIP function is idle HANG _UP Indicates that the connection is not established busy tone CONNECTING Indicates that the user is calling out WAIT_ANS Indicates that a connection is launched and waiting for remote user s answer 192 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Codec PeerID Elapse
253. ly or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Fixed IP Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box Fixed IP Address Type a fixed IP address WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only E WAN IF Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool Lp Jee eee Y 38 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide WAN IP Network Settings Default MAC Address Click this radio button to use default MAC address for the router Specify a MAC Address Some Cable service providers specify a specific MAC address for access authentication In such cases you need to click the Specify a MAC Address and enter th
254. m web pages It s very common that malicious codes conceal in the executable objects such as ActiveX Java Applet compressed files and other executable files Once downloading these types of files from websites you may risk bringing threat to your system For example an ActiveX control object is usually used for providing interactive web feature If malicious code hides inside it may occupy user s system Based on the list of user defined keywords the URL Content Filter facility in Vigor router inspects the URL string in every outgoing HTTP request No matter the URL string is found full or partial matched with a keyword the Vigor router will block the associated HTTP connection For example if you add key words such as sex Vigor router will limit web access to web 29 99 sites or web pages such as www sex com www backdoor net images sex p_386 html Or you may simply specify the full or partial URL such as www sex com or sex com Also the Vigor router will discard any request that tries to retrieve the malicious code Click CSM and click URL Content Filter Profile to open the setup page Dray Te k 92 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile URL Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name i F 2 b 3 Le 4 8 Administration Message Max 255 characters lt hody gt lt centers lt brs lt p gt The requested Web pag
255. mation WAMI IP Fixed menlor aAa LAN Status Te Packets RY Packets wWANZ IP Fixed 26459 15265 Tool Setup Telnet Read out Setup Codepage Information Codepage To Select Windows Version 5 01 2600 RECOMMENDED CODEPAGE O50 ANSTOEM Traditional Chinese Bighi O0al 21 00a6 7c 0093 63 O0aa 61 O0ads2d O0ae 52 O0b2 32 00bS 33 00b9 31 00ba Gf Window size It determines the size of TCP protocol 0 65535 The more the value is the better the performance will be However if the network is not stable small value will be proper Session timeout Setting timeout for sessions can make the best utilization of network resources However Queue timeout is configured for TCP protocol only session timeout is configured for the data flow which matched with the firewall rule 12 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Example As stated before all the traffic will be separated and arbitrated using on of two IP filters call filter or data filter You may preset 12 call filters and data filters in Filter Setup and even link them in a serial manner Each filter set is composed by 7 filter rules which can be further defined After that in General Setup you may specify one set for call filter and one set for data filter to execute first Flatewall gt gt Genonal Setup General Sebup Call Filter Enable Start Fiter Set See Disable Bata Filiber f Enable Start Fiter So w O Disable Fhowall 2 gt Filter Se
256. n algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES Local ID Specify a local ID to be used for Dial in setting in the LAN to LAN Profile setup This item is optional and can be used only in IKE aggressive mode Callback Function The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN dial in user for i model only The remote user will be charged the connection fee by the telecom Check to enable Callback function Enables the callback function Specify the callback number The option is for extra security Once enabled the router will ONLY call back to the specified Callback Number Check to enable callback budget control By default the callback function has a time restriction Once the callback budget has been exhausted the callback mechanism will be disabled automatically Callback Budget Unit minutes Specify the time budget for the dial in user The budget will be decreased automatically per callback connection Dray Te k 136 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 9 8 LAN to LAN Here you can manage LAN to LAN connections by maintaining a table of connection profiles You may set parameters including specified connection direction dial in or dial out connection peer ID connection type ISDN connection VPN connection including PPTP IPSec Tunnel and L2TP by itself or over IPSec and corresponding security methods etc The router provides up to 100 profiles which also means suppo
257. n is to help the router to determine the status of IPSec VPN connection especially useful in the case of abnormal VPN IPSec tunnel disruption For details please refer to the note below Check to enable the transmission of PING packets to a specified IP address Enter the IP address of the remote host that located at the other end of the VPN tunnel Enable PING to Keep Alive is used to handle abnormal IPSec VPN connection disruption It will help to provide the state of a VPN connection for router s judgment of redial Normally if any one of VPN peers wants to disconnect the connection it should follow a serial of packet exchange procedure to inform each other However if the remote peer disconnect without notice Vigor router will by no where to know this situation To resolve this dilemma by continuously es Dray Tek ISDN PPTP IPSec Tunnel L2TP with User Name Password PPP Authentication VJ compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium Dray Tek sending PING packets to the remote host the Vigor router can know the true existence of this VPN connection and react accordingly This is independent of DPD dead peer detection Build ISDN LAN to LAN connection to remote network You should set up Link Type and identity like User Name and Password for the authentication of remote server You can further set up Callback CBCP function below This feature is useful for S model
258. n user to make a PPTP VPN connection through the Internet You should set the User Name and Password of remote dial in user below Allow the remote dial in user to make an IPSec VPN connection through Internet Allow the remote dial in user to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection os Dray Tek SSL Tunnel Specify Remote Node Netbios Naming Packet Multicast via VPN Dray Tek becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection It allows the remote dial in user to make an SSL VPN Tunnel connection through Internet suitable for the application through network accessing e g PPTP L2TP IPSec If you check this box the function of SSL Tunnel for this account will be activated immediately VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Index No 2 User account and Authentication I Enable this account Username Idle Timeout Bo second s Password 0 IKE Authentication Method MM Pre Shared Key Allowed Dial In Type i ISDN V PPTP M IPSec Tunnel MV L2TP with IPSec Policy None 7
259. nagement Below shows the menu items for Bandwidth Management 3 7 1 Sessions Limit A PC with private IP address can access to the Internet via NAT router The router will generate the records of NAT sessions for such connection The P2P Peer to Peer applications e g BitTorrent always need many sessions for procession and also they will occupy over resources which might result in important accesses impacted To solve the problem you can use limit session to limit the session procession for specified Hosts In the Bandwidth Management menu click Sessions Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt gt Sessions Limit Sessions Limit Enable Disable Default Max Sessions Limitation List Index Start IF Max Sessions Specific Limitation state oe o Maximum Sessions Administration Message Max 127 characters You have reached the maximum number of permitted Internet sessions lt p gt Please close one or more applications to allow furthur Int Time Schedule Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored igor2930 Series User s Guide 99 Dr ay Te k To activate the function of limit session simply click Enable and set the default session limit Enable Disable Default session limit Limitation List Start IP End IP Maximum Sessions Add Edit Delete Index 1 15 in Schedule Setu
260. nap Aceon for dofaukh mula Advance Selling Edit eee Applicaal Action Profil Syal al ii dal DARRIE PUNIA s Filton Senap Sorto Factory Default Fiha Paes a Limniints S l L nini nt APP Enforcement ong a C pe Call Piltur L URL Cenmen Flhe Mone gt jafault Data Filtar EM Wah Contant Filar m oO r an EA ii A cpept large incoming fragmented UD or CMP packets for s Enable Transparent mode Filar Sar Comments Deb ll Fifer Acces Oo mite ibs Move Lp Mawa Diii ie Block Nethins Chowan EE uF Lown a uF Pinan Fleewall Edit Filed Sei gt Edit Filter Rule C a up 5 Ls uF Filter Sot 1 Rule 1 LE fe Chock to enable the Filter Rutt j Cammaritg Bisek Met Bins igor2930 Series User s Guide Next Filler S ndeefi 15 in Schede Setup oe iji Caneel Drec on LAH WAN _ _ r Source Arm Edd estination IP Ay Eda Service Type TCPAUDP Port from 137 139 to undefined Ean Fragmenta Dant Cea Application Action Profile Filter Block Inmeckataly of Branch to Other Filter Sat APP Enlorcement URL Content Filter Advance Setting Edt OK Clea Cancel oe ee e eee ee 73 Syslog Oo Dray Tek 3 4 4 DoS Defense As a sub functionality of IP Filter Firewall there are 15 types of detect defense function in the DoS Defense setup The DoS Defense functionality is disabled for default Click Fi
261. ndwaemnewareicas 117 39 1 VYPN GIGNt WVIZANG a casasinavncsanaedsarescatenwsuceoonszanascancaresnescncisdaacasessairaracaaustasaesansasncauiearaunecses 117 3 9 2 VPN S rve r VV IZ ANG i eserse nnen iai a aT EE A E aiaa aa aiai 123 3 9 3 Remote Access Control discussed Gcusaciuansanncenndandedumssipdecdsaueebabdlatiantemsiertaaduenieteadieteamianantoes 127 STS eI versene e E S a NEE A E 128 Jo IPSEC General Genere e a a E aA a iON 129 929 CIPO Peer OGNUN secan E A a EEE 130 3 9 7 Remote Dial in USET a daiteeensntcncaadhsacanasatsdeuncaamiaiostnacossensonhcctsamiaaitdecigdec Guat Tan AAE EE aa ianiai 132 39 8 LANTO LAN erranen aa AA 137 3 9 10 VPN TRUNK Manageme nt cccccsssececcssseecsseeeceeseecseaececsaeeeeseseeeseeeessanseesseaes 146 3 9 11 CONNECTION MANAGEMENT essre oaa E ia 156 3 10 Certificate MAnageMent cccccccccceeeesseeeseecceeeeeeeeseeceeeesseaeaaeseeeeeesssueaseeeeeesssuaageeseeeees 158 3 10 1 Local SSC AUC steerer ns apenas E E EA 158 3 10 2 Tr sted CA COMICS cccsccosiiskesseure ctcwvaas unesiins scvdswndectenbnes bnduiveaneswenasetivaeneseteisiweemeuemsacees 162 AO Be MUNG CIID ace secede tans ecace e a E E E 163 el Ue OUP a EE EE E EE E E E E aces ts E E E E E A E E T 163 F DR sree poe eE E E A r E se iuaenunnains 164 IIZ PE ACCOUN aea E E aecanwenessee 172 J113 Phone SetUNg S easain enniU EENE EE EESO Eo 176 S a E Ee i e E E E E E EEE 192 Dr ay Te K vi Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Od ON ee rsa co
262. nformation please create an account for MyVigor 4 9 1 Creating an Account via Vigor Router 1 Click CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The following page will appear CSM gt Web Content Filter Profile Web Filter License Status Not Activated Setup Query Server auto selected Find more Setup Test Server auto selected Find more Web Content Filter Profile Table Setto Factory Default Profile Name Profile Name uP Default 5 2 6 a r Or Click System Maintenance gt gt Activation to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Activation Activate via interface auto selected Web Filter License Status Not Activated Authentication Message Activated Wiz Authenticate is continuously connect to the server 2000 01 01 00 04 55 Dray Te K 276 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 2 Click the Activate link A login page for MyVigor web site will pop up automatically This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor If you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code si AYi GXZ lf you cannot read the word click here Forget password Don t have a MyViger Account Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service B88 3 597 2727 or email to webmastena draytek com 3 Click the link of Create an account now 4 Check to confirm that
263. ngestion tone will be shown automatically on the page If you cannot find out a suitable one please choose User Defined and fill out the corresponding values for dial tone ringing tone busy tone congestion tone by yourself for VoIP phone Dray Te k 180 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Volume Gain MISC DTMF igor2930 Series User s Guide Tone Settings Region User D efined he User Defined Fm Speaker slovakia a i Also you can specify each field for your necessity It is recommended for you to use the default settings for VoIP communication Mic Gain 1 10 Speaker Gain 1 10 Adjust the volume of microphone and speaker by entering number from 1 10 The larger of the number the louder the volume is Dial Tone Power Level This setting is used to adjust the loudness of the dial tone The smaller the number is the louder the dial tone is It is recommended for you to use the default setting Ring Frequency This setting is used to drive the frequency of the ring tone It is recommended for you to use the default setting DTMF Mode There are four DTMF modes for you to choose InBand Choose this one then the Vigor will send the DTMF tone as audio directly when you press the keypad on the phone OutBand Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the keypad number you pressed and transform it to digital form then send to the other side the receiver will generate the tone according to the digital fo
264. nly WPA clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol igor2930 Series User s Guide 207 Dr ay Te k WPA2 802 1x Only Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1X protocol Mixed WPA WPA2 802 1x only Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key is obtained dynamically from RADIUS server with 802 1 X protocol WPA PSK Accepts only WPA clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK WPA2 PSK Accepts only WPA2 clients and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Mixed WPA WPA2 PSK Accepts WPA and WPA2 clients simultaneously and the encryption key should be entered in PSK Default Pre Shared Key PSK is provided and stated on the label pasted on the bottom of the router For the wireless client who wants to access into Internet through such router please input the default PSK value for connection The WPA encrypts each frame transmitted from the radio using the key which either PSK Pre Shared Key entered manually in this field below or automatically negotiated via 802 1x authentication Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abcde Type Select from Mixed WPA WPA2 or WPA2 only Pre Shared Key PSK Either 8 63 ASCII characters such as 012345678 or 64 Hexadecimal digits leading by Ox such as 0x321253abc
265. nnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1OOMbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Left LED The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 Green The port is disconnected The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 1OOMbps Green Off The port is disconnected with 1OMbps Interface Description Factory Reset Press Factory Reset button once to make network connection through WPS Press Factory Reset button twice to enable or disable WLAN function Press Factory Reset button for 5 seconds to do the factory reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Restart Restart the router forcefully Phone 1 2 Connecters for PSTN phones WAN 1 2 Connecters for remote networked devices Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch igor2930 Series User s Guide 7 Dr ay Te k 1 2 4 For Vigor2930VS Dray Tek ACT CPA MGMT VIGOR2930VS DUAL WAN SECURITY FI REWALL DoS WAN1 Phonet CSM WAN2 Phone2 1 i 1 1 2 n Factory t Reset e r 2 D 2 3 4 Restart L Phone LAN ISDN S0 WAN LED Status ACT Activity Blinking Off D
266. nto SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message InBand QutBand RF C2833 SIP IMFO cisco format SIP IMFO fnortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode You can modify the MSN number default values are set from 30 39 with any number you desire For example type 50 in the box of MSN 30 MSN 35 MSN 36 Later you will find MSN 30 has been replaced with MSN50 in all related pages See the following figures for examples pages of VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts and VoIP gt gt Phone Settings 186 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt SIP Accounts SIP Accounts List q Index Profile Domain Realm Proxy Account Name Ring Port Phonel Phone2 change_me JISDN1 so 32 change_me LJISDN1 So 33 Orspne2 Te 34 Pst VoIP gt Phone Settings ISDN1 S0 Call Feature Codecs C Hotline Prefer Codec G 729A B kbps C Session Timer 3600 sec O Single Codec Call Forwarding Packet Size SIP URL ee Voice Active Detector nee oa Default SIP Account C DND Do Not Disturb Mode Bio account TA Indes 1 15 in Schedule Setup WISN SO ee eS ee es E Detailed Settings for ISDN2 TE Port Available for VSn model only Vigor2930VSn allows users to switch the function of ISDN2 port between TE or SO mode Please use the drop down list to choose the one you want 2 ee ISDN2 TE
267. o for instead Dray Te k 242 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 16 8 Traffic Graph Click Diagnostics and click Traffic Graph to pen the web page Choose WAN 1 Bandwidth W AN2 Bandwidth Sessions daily or weekly for viewing different traffic graph Click Refresh to renew the graph at any time The following two figures display different charts by daily and weekly Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Show Chart WANI Bandwidth Daily Refresh 5 WANT Bandwidth WAN Bandwidth Sessions a TX Kbps e Re kbps Diagnostics gt gt Traffic Graph Refresh Show Chart WAMI Bandwidth a TX Kbps a Ex Kops The horizontal axis represents time Yet the vertical axis has different meanings For WANI WAN2 Bandwidth chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the transmitted and received packets in the past For Sessions chart the numbers displayed on vertical axis represent the numbers of the NAT sessions during the past igor2930 Series User s Guide 243 Dray Te k 3 16 9 Ping Diagnosis Click Diagnostics and click Ping Diagnosis to pen the web page Diagnostics gt gt Ping Diagnosis Ping Diagnosis Note If you want to ping a LAN PC or you don t want to specify which WAN ping through please select Unspecified Ping through VAN he Host IP IP Address oooO O Host IP GateWay ou sateVVaye DNS Ping to Result Clear Ping
268. oS Blinking CSM On CPA Content Portal Authority On WAN1 2 On Blinking MGMT On Blinking Phone 1 2 On O Blinking LED on Connector O ISDN SO 1 Left LED Orange Blinking O Right LED Green Blinking O ISDN SO 2 Left LED Orange Blinking Off Right LED Green Left LED WAN 1 2 Green Right LED Green Off Dray Tek 5 s Explanation The router is powered on and running normally The router is powered off The DoS DDoS function is active It will blink while deleting an attack The profile of CSM Content Security Management for IM P2P application is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt IM P2P Profile The Web Content Filter is active It is enabled from CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile The WANI or WAN2 port is connected It will blink while transmitting data The router is managed handled by Telnet It will blink while transmitting data The phone connected to this port is off hook The phone connected to this port is on hook A phone call comes ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active and an ISDN phone adapter is not connected A phone has been connected If not green LED will be off An ISDN phone is off hook or a phone call comes ISDN NT ISDN SO intern mode is active configured from VoIP gt gt Phone Settings and an ISDN phone adapter is connected ISDN NT ISDN SO int
269. ollowing screen will be shown to verify the register process is finished Please click Login Register Search for this site Register Confirm The Confirm message of New Owner Mary maybe timeout Please try again or contact to draytek com Dray Tek 282 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 8 When you see the following page please type in the account and password that you just created in the fields of UserName and Password Then type the code in the box of Auth Code according to the value displayed on the right side of it This service is available for MyVigor member only Please login to access MyVigor lf you are not one of the members of MyVigor please create an account first LOGIN Auth Code T4he1C Ifyou cannot read the word click here Forget password Dont have a My ideor Account 7 Create an account now If you are having difficulty logging in contact our customer service Customer Service 880 3 597 2727 of email to webmasten draytek com Now click Login Your account has been activated You can access into MyVigor server to activate the service e g WCF that you want igor2930 Series User s Guide 283 Dr ay Tek This page is left blank Dray Te k 284 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Trouble Shooting This section will guide you to solve abnormal situations if you cannot access into the Internet after installing the router and finishing the web configuration Please follow sections below to chec
270. on L2TP with IPSec Policy viCampression on O off Dial Number for ISDN or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Pre Shared Key eeeee Digital Signature x 509 IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium AH O High ESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback 4 Provide ISDN Number to Remote If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password PPP Authentication and VJ Compression for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type ISDN Username draytek PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authentication PAP CHAP L2TP with IPSec Policy YJ Compression on off Dial Number for ISON or Server IP Host Name for VPN such as 5551234 draytek com or 123 45 67 89 Pre Shared Key 220 135 240 208 IKE Authentication Method Digital Signaturec 5094 IPSec Security Method Medium AH HightESP Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup Callback Function CBCP Require Remote to Callback Provide ISDN Number to Remote 6 Set Dial In settings to as shown below to allow Router A dial in to build VPN connection Dray Te k 252 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide igor2930 Series User s Guide If an PSec based service is selected you may further
271. on for accessing into router s web page for the users in LAN side The default settings for ID password are draytek draytek All the users should use such account to pass the web authentication Share vpn remote dial in profile you can share the account set in remote VPN dial in profiles Click this button and press Account Setting link to choose one of the accounts total 32 profiles for applying to the web authentication Users might have to re login after passing the timeout setting specified here When you enable the timeout setting please specify the conditions for logout 52 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Click Disable to disable the timeout feature Welcome Message Such message will be displayed on the redirect page when you access into the URL that you want Connection Status Display IP username login time etc of the users logging currently How to use Web Authentication Before passing the web authentication from the router any user will be directed into the following screen whenever he tries to access into Internet via http or https Welcome to Vigor V2910 Web Authentication Log in WEB HERE lf your browser does not support SSL click here Click the HERE link to access into the authentication page DrayTek WEB Authentication Login ID Password PE Type the ID and password configured in Common Account The default setting is draytek for both ID and password After entering the ID and
272. only Build a PPTP VPN connection to the server through the Internet You should set the identity like User Name and Password below for the authentication of remote server Build an IPSec VPN connection to the server through Internet Build a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial out VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above PAP CHAP is the most common selection due to wild compatibility This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header compression Normally set to Yes to improve bandwidth utilization This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy Pre Shared Key Input 1 63 characters as pre shared key D
273. onsiderations Activating the UPnP function on your network may incur some security threats You should consider carefully these risks before activating the UPnP function gt Some Microsoft operating systems have found out the UPnP weaknesses and hence you need to ensure that you have applied the latest service packs and patches gt Non privileged users can control some router functions including removing and adding port mappings The UPnP function dynamically adds port mappings on behalf of some UPnP aware applications When the applications terminate abnormally these mappings may not be removed 3 8 5 Wake on LAN A PC client on LAN can be woken up by the router it connects When a user wants to wake up a specified PC through the router he she must type correct MAC address of the specified PC on this web page of Wake on LAN of this router In addition such PC must have installed a network card supporting WOL function By the way WOL function must be set as Enable on the BIOS setting igor2930 Series User s Guide 115 Dr ay Te k Application gt gt Wake on LAN Wake on LAN Wake by Note Wake on LAN cooperate with Bind IP to MAC function only binded PCs can wake up through IF Wake by MAC Address IP Address mac address Yt Result CS Two types provide for you to wake up the binded IP If you choose Wake by MAC Address you have to type the correct MAC address of the host in MAC Address boxes I
274. opened for you to choose in Edit Filter Rule page Determine the address type for the IP address Select Single Address if this object contains one IP address only Select Range Address if this object contains several IPs within a range Select Subnet Address if this object contains one subnet for IP address Select Any Address if this object contains any IP address Type the start IP address for Single Address type Type the end IP address if the Range Address type is selected Type the subnet mask if the Subnet Address type is selected If it is checked all the IP addresses except the ones listed above will be applied later while it is chosen Below is an example of IP objects settings Objects Setting gt gt IP Object IP Object Profiles Index eee fee te Dray Tek RO Department Financial Dept HR Department Mame Index i d j j ji gt ejh 78 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 5 2 IP Group This page allows you to bind several IP objects into one IP group Objects Setting gt gt IP Group IP Group Table Setto Factory Default Index Name Index Name WW ew aw IRD Im INO Imo Im Im I I mo fae ja ja m ee eee I fe oe ie ee ee OO ie FeEeEFBREBeerePPrPreePee Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail Objects Setting gt gt IP Group Profile Index 1 Name Administration Interface Available IP Objects Sel
275. oper name The default setting is private Manager Host IP Set one host as the manager to execute SNMP function Please type in IP address to specify certain host Trap Community Set trap community by typing a proper name The default setting is public Notification Host IP Set the IP address of the host that will receive the trap community Trap Timeout The default setting is 10 seconds 3 15 8 Reboot System The Web Configurator may be used to restart your router Click Reboot System from System Maintenance to open the following page System Maintenance gt gt Reboot System Reboot System Do You want to reboot your router Using current configuration Using factory default configuration If you want to reboot the router using the current configuration check Using current configuration and click OK To reset the router settings to default values check Using factory default configuration and click OK The router will take 5 seconds to reboot the system Note When the system pops up Reboot System web page after you configure web settings please click OK to reboot your router for ensuring normal operation and preventing unexpected errors of the router in the future Dray Te k 234 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 15 9 Firmware Upgrade Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The Firmware Upgrade Utility is included in the tools The following web page will guide you to upgrade
276. or a short time And when the VoIP phone is switched into the PSTN phone the telecom co might charge you for the connection fee Please type in backup phone number PSTN number for this VoIP phone setting For the convenience of user this page allows users to edit prefix number for the SIP account with adding number stripping number or replacing number It is used to help user having a quick and easy way to dial out through VoIP interface Dray Tek 166 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide VoIP gt DialPlan Setup es P 8 smm 2 2 o O de Je BC de je sol id de je s o E fe je C a de de s o E de je eS e je w OL de le nol de le 23 BOO O de le 32 Of de le wol O de le w Of de le s Of i de lbe wol O Je s Of o de je SEEL O de le 2 oL le lbe Note The length of Prefis Number should be between Min Len and Mas Len Min Len and Max Len should be between O 11 Enable Prefix Number Mode igor2930 Series User s Guide Check this box to invoke this setting The phone number set here is used to add strip or replace the OP number None No action Add When you choose this mode the OP number will be added with the prefix number for calling out through the specific VoIP interface Strip When you choose this mode the OP number will be deleted by the prefix number for calling out through the specif
277. ork by obscuring the IP address There are many attacks aiming victims based on the IP address Since the attacker cannot be aware of any private IP addresses the NAT function can protect the internal network On NAT page you will see the private IP address defined in RFC 1918 Usually we use the 192 168 1 0 24 subnet for the router As stated before the NAT facility can map one or more IP addresses and or service ports into different specified services In other words the NAT function can be achieved by using port mapping methods Below shows the menu items for NAT NAT Port Redirection H DMZ Host H Open Ports P Address Mapping 3 3 1 Port Redirection Port Redirection is usually set up for server related service inside the local network LAN such as web servers FTP servers E mail servers etc Most of the case you need a public IP address for each server and this public IP address domain name are recognized by all users Since the server is actually located inside the LAN the network well protected by NAT of the router and identified by its private IP address port the goal of Port Redirection function is to forward all access request with public IP address from external users to the mapping private IP address port of the server Dray Te k 54 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Internet Destined to 220 135 240 207 Port 213 The port redirection can only apply to incoming traffic To use this function please go to
278. ort Click this radio button to invoke this function However IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List also can connect to Internet Click this radio button to disable this function All the settings on this page will be invalid Click this radio button to block the connection of the IP MAC which is not listed in IP Bind List This table is the LAN ARP table of this router The information for IP and MAC will be displayed in this field Each pair of IP and MAC address listed in ARP table can be selected and added to IP Bind List by clicking Add below IP Address Type the IP address that will be used for the specified MAC address Mac Address Type the MAC address that is used to bind with the assigned IP address It is used to refresh the ARP table When there is one new PC added to the LAN you can click this link to obtain the newly ARP table information It displays a list for the IP bind to MAC information It allows you to add the one you choose from the ARP table or the IP MAC address typed in Add and Edit to the table of IP Bind List It allows you to edit and modify the selected IP address and MAC address that you create before You can remove any item listed in IP Bind List Simply click and select the one and click Delete The selected item will be removed from the IP Bind List Dray Tek Note Before you select Strict Bind you have to bind one set of IP MAC address for one PC If not no one of the
279. ound Robin and Fastest gt Binding Tunnel Policy mechanism allows users to encrypt the data in transmission or specified service function in transmission and define specified VPN Tunnel for having effective bandwidth management gt Dial out connection types contain IPSec PPTP L2TP L2TP over IPSec and GRE over IPSec gt The web page is simple to understand and easy to configure gt The TCP Session transmitted by using VPN TRUNK VPN Load Balance mechanism will not be lost due to one of VPN Tunnels disconnected Users do not need to reconnect with setting TCP UDP Service Port again The VPN Load Balance function can keep the transmission for internal data on tunnel stably igor2930 Series User s Guide 147 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN TRUNK Management Backup profile list Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LaAN Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present No Status Name Memberl Active Type Member Active Type Load Balance Profile List Setto Factory Default Note Active NO The LAN to LaAN Profile is disable or under Dial In Call Direction at present General Setup Status Enable Disable Memberi Please choose the combination that you want w Member2 Please choose the combination that you want ka Attribute Mode Backup Load Balance Backup Profile List Set to Factory Default Click to clear all VPN TRUNK VPN Backup mechanism profile
280. p Dray Tek Click this button to activate the function of limit session Click this button to close the function of limit session Defines the default session number used for each computer in LAN Displays a list of specific limitations that you set on this web page Defines the start IP address for limit session Defines the end IP address for limit session Defines the available session number for each host in the specific range of IP addresses If you do not set the session number in this field the system will use the default session limit for the specific limitation you set for each index Adds the specific session limitation onto the list above Allows you to edit the settings for the selected limitation Remove the selected settings existing on the limitation list You can type in four sets of time schedule for your request All the schedules can be set previously in Application Schedule web page and you can use the number that you have set in that web page 100 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 7 2 Bandwidth Limit The downstream or upstream from FTP HTTP or some P2P applications will occupy large of bandwidth and affect the applications for other programs Please use Limit Bandwidth to make the bandwidth usage more efficient In the Bandwidth Management menu click Bandwidth Limit to open the web page Bandwidth Management gt Bandwidth Limit Bandwidth Limit Enable O Apply to 2nd Subnet Disable
281. phone port DTMF Relay Display DTMF mode that configured in the advanced settings page of Phone Index RTP Symmetric RTP Check this box to invoke the function To make the data transmission going through on both ends of local router and remote router not misleading due to IP lost for example sending data from the public IP of remote router to the private IP of local router you can check this box to solve this problem Dynamic RTP Port Start Specifies the start port for RTP stream The default value is 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End Specifies the end port for RTP stream The default value is 15000 RTP TOS It decides the level of VoIP package Use the drop down list to choose any one of them IPF precedence 1 IF precedence 2 IP precedence 3 IP precedence 4 IP precedence 5 IP precedence b IP precedence AF Class Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classe Low Drop AP Class2 Medium Drop AF Class High Drop AF Classa Low Drop AF Class Medium Drop AF Classa High Drop AF Class4 Low Drop AF Class4 Medium Drop AF Class4 High Drop EF Class RTP TOS VoIP Collection Timer Keep the default setting VoIP Collection Timer Length Keep the default setting Detailed Settings for Phone1 Phone2 Port Click the number link of each port you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings Below is the sample page for Phonel igor2930 Series Use
282. play Name Armor SIP URL 1234 214 61 172 53 Loop through None Backup Phone Number oe VoIP gt gt SIP Accounts SIP Account Index No 1 Profile Name Arnor 11 char max Register via None CO make call without register SIP Port 5060 63 char max Proxy 63 char max O Act as outbound proxy Domain Realm Display Name Paulin 23 char max Account Number Name 4321 63 char max O Authentication ID 63 char max Password 63 char max Expiry Time 1 hour x E sec NAT Traversal Support None Ring Port Mvori Ovolp2 ISDN Ring Pattern 10 Paulin calls Arnor He picks up the phone and dials 2222 DialPlan Phone Number for John any Dray Tek 4 6 Upgrade Firmware for Your Router Before upgrading your router firmware you need to install the Router Tools The file RTSxxx exe will be asked to copy onto your computer Remember the place of storing the execution file 1 Go to www draytek com 2 Access into Support gt gt Downloads Please find out Firmware menu and click it Search the model you have and click on it to download the newly update firmware for your router About DrayTek Products Support Education Partners Contact Us Home gt Support gt Downloads Model Name Firmware Version Release Date Firmware Vigor120 series 322I 26 06 2009 Driver Vigor2100 series 2 6 2 26 02 2008 Utility Vigor2104 series ph We
283. pression This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This group of fields 1s applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity This group of fields is a must for PSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryption algorithm from Data Encryption Standard DES Triple DES 3DES and AES The callback function provides a callback service only for the ISDN LAN to LAN connection this feature is useful for S 144 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide GRE over IPSec Settings TCP IP Network Settings igor2930 Series User s Guide model only The remote user will be charged the connection
284. ps Left LED The port is connected LAN 1 2 3 4 Green The port is disconnected Blinking The data is transmitting Right LED The port is connected with 100Mbps Green The port is disconnected with 10Mbps Interface Description Factory Reset Press Factory Reset button once to make network connection through WPS Press Factory Reset button twice to enable or disable WLAN function Press Factory Reset button for 5 seconds to do the factory reset Restore the default settings Usage Turn on the router ACT LED is blinking Press the hole and keep for more than 5 seconds When you see the ACT LED begins to blink rapidly than usual release the button Then the router will restart with the factory default configuration Restart Restart the router forcefully Phone 1 2 Connecters for PSTN phones ISDN S0 1 Connecter for ISDN phone s only via ISDN phone adapter Do not connect any other device to such port or connect ISDN line otherwise the router might be damaged ISDN SO 2 Connecter for ISDN line or ISDN phone adapter in particular condition Refer to section 2 2 for more details WAN 1 2 Connecters for remote networked devices LAN 1 4 Connecters for local networked devices PWR Connecter for a power adapter ON OFF Power Switch igor2930 Series User s Guide 11 Dr ay Te k 1 3 Hardware Installation Before starting to configure the router you have to connect your devices correctly 1 Connect the cable
285. r s Guide 1a Dr ay Te k VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone Call Feature Cl Hotline C Session Timer Cl T 38 Fax Function Call Forwarding SIP URL Time Out CO DND Do Not Disturb Mode Indexf1 15 in Schedule Setup ILI ILI Action and Idle Timeout settings will Note be ignored S600 sec sec Codecs G 7294 B Kbps C Single Codec Default SIP Account C Play dial tone only when account registered Prefer Codec Packet Size voice Active Detector Default Call Route To ISDN Dial for VoIP To VoIP Dial for ISDN Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List LEE EL AL A C CLIR hide caller ID O call Waiting L call Transfer Hotline Session Timer Call Forwarding DND Do Not Disturb mode Dray Tek Check the box to enable it Type in the SIP URL in the field for dialing automatically when you pick up the phone set Check the box to enable the function In the limited time that you set in this field if there is no response the connecting call will be closed automatically There are four options for you to choose Disable is to close call forwarding function Always means all the incoming calls from Internet will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the
286. r I D that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address This page will differ for different models Below is a sample page obtained from Vigor 2930VSn The selection of Loop through and Backup Phone Number is only available for 2930VSn model VoIP gt DialPlan Setup Phone Book Index No 1 Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Loop through Backup Phone Number Enable Phone Number Display Name SIP URL Loop through Backup Phone Number Digit Map Pally 1112 fwd pulver coml Mone il JK Clear Cancel Click this to enable this entry The speed dial number of this index This can be any number you choose using digits 0 9 and The Caller ID that you want to be displayed on your friend s screen This let your friend can easily know who s calling without memorizing lots of SIP URL Address Enter your friend s SIP Address For the model of Vigor 2930VSn the selection should be as the following Loop through When the VoIP phone is obstructs or the Internet breaks down for some reasons the backup phone will be dialed out to replace the VoIP phone number At this time the phone call will be changed from VoIP phone into PSTN call according to the loop through direction chosen Note that during the phone switch the blare of phone will appear f
287. r IP Addres In some special case you may have a public IP subnet from your ISP such as 220 135 240 0 24 This means that you can set up a public subnet or call second subnet that each host is equipped with a public IP address As a part of the public subnet the Vigor router will serve for IP routing to help hosts in the public subnet to communicate with other public hosts or servers outside Therefore the router should be set as the gateway for public hosts Dray Tek 42 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Internet Public IP Address E A What is Routing Information Protocol RIP Vigor router will exchange routing information with neighboring routers using the RIP to accomplish IP routing This allows users to change the information of the router such as IP address and the routers will automatically inform for each other What is Static Route When you have several subnets in your LAN sometimes a more effective and quicker way for connection is the Static routes function rather than other method You may simply set rules to forward data from one specified subnet to another specified subnet without the presence of RIP What are Virtual LANs and Rate Control You can group local hosts by physical ports and create up to 4 virtual LANs To manage the communication between different groups please set up rules in Virtual LAN VLAN function and the rate of each Internet Dray Tek igor2930 Series User s Guide 43
288. r Settings VPA Environment Index Profile Mame Username Allowed Service Peer IP YPH Client IP Peer ID Remote Network IP Remote Network Mask Site to Site YPN LAN to LAN 3 YPN Seri1 serwerl PPTP IPSec 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 Click Back to modify changes if necessary Otherwise click Finish to sawe the current settings and proceed to the following action Go to the YPN Connection Management Do another VPN Server Wizard setup View more detailed configurations Go to the VPN Connection Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Management Do another VPN Server Wizard Setup View more detailed configuration Access gt gt Connection Management for viewing VPN Connection status Click this radio button to set another profile of VPN Server through VPN Server Wizard Click this radio button to access VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN for viewing detailed configuration 3 9 3 Remote Access Control Enable the necessary VPN service as you need If you intend to run a VPN server inside your LAN you should disable the VPN service of Vigor Router to allow VPN tunnel pass through as well as the appropriate NAT settings such as DMZ or open port VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Access Control Setup Remote Access Control Setup d Enable PPTP YPN Service Enable IPSec YPN Service Enable L2TP YPN Service Enable SSL YPN Service Enable ISDN Dial In Note If you intend runn
289. r all accounts from the router Delete a Dynamic DNS Account In the DDNS setup menu click the Index number you want to delete and then push Clear All button to delete the account Dray Te k 110 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 8 2 Schedule The Vigor router has a built in real time clock which can update itself manually or automatically by means of Network Time Protocols NTP As a result you can not only schedule the router to dialup to the Internet at a specified time but also restrict Internet access to certain hours so that users can connect to the Internet only during certain hours say business hours The schedule is also applicable to other functions You have to set your time before set schedule In System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date menu press Inquire Time button to set the Vigor router s clock to current time of your PC The clock will reset once if you power down or reset the router There is another way to set up time You can inquiry an NTP server a time server on the Internet to synchronize the router s clock This method can only be applied when the WAN connection has been built up Applications gt gt Schedule Schedule Setto Factory Default Index Status Index Status i w g w 2 10 sE x 11 d 5 12 W 5 Fe 13 6 14 Tia w 15 w g w Status v Active x Inactive Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles and recover to factory settings Index Click the number below In
290. r name a serial number expiration dates etc and the digital signature of the certificate issuing authority so that a recipient can verify that the certificate is real Here Vigor router support digital certificates conforming to standard X 509 Any entity wants to utilize digital certificates should first request a certificate issued by a CA server It should also retrieve certificates of other trusted CA servers so it can authenticate the peer with certificates issued by those trusted CA servers Here you can manage generate and manage the local digital certificates and set trusted CA certificates Remember to adjust the time of Vigor router before using the certificate so that you can get the correct valid period of certificate Below shows the menu items for Certificate Management H Local Certificate b Trusted CA Certificate b Certificate Backup 3 10 1 Local Certificate This page allows users to adopt single certificate or mutliple certificates for certification through generating or importing Users can generate up to three local certificats or they can import the third party certificate s to fit different requests Certificate Management gt Local Certificate X509 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify poe sists gt on lew GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH GENERATE Click this button to open Generate Certificate Signing Request window Type in all the information that the window req
291. r properly it is necessary for you to change the password of web configuration for security and adjust primary basic settings This chapter explains how to setup a password for an administrator and how to adjust basic settings for accessing Internet successfully Be aware that only the administrator can change the router configuration 2 1 Changing Password To change the password for this device you have to access into the web browse with default password first 1 Make sure your computer connects to the router correctly g Notice You may either simply set up your computer to get IP i dynamically from the router or set up the IP address of the computer to be the same subnet as the default IP address of Vigor router 192 168 1 1 For the detailed information please refer to the later section Trouble Shooting of this guide 2 Open a web browser on your PC and type http 192 168 1 1 A pop up window will open to ask for username and password Please type default values both username and password are Null on the window for the first time accessing and click OK for next screen Connect to 192 168 1 1 Login to the Router Web Configurator User name f Password Remember my password Cancel 3 Now the Main Screen will pop up igor2930 Series User s Guide 15 Dr ay Te k Dray Tek Vigor2930 Series Dual WAN Security Firewall Off v Quick Start Wizard Service Activation Wizard Online Status WAN
292. r router using Service Activation Wizard by means of CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile or via System Maintenance gt gt Activation Service Activation Wizard allows you to use trial version or update the license of WCF directly without accessing into the server My Vigor located on http myvigor draytek com However if you use the Web Content Filter Profile page to activate WCF feature it is necessary for you to access into the server MyVigor located on http myvigor draytek com Therefore you need to register an account on http myvigor draytek com for using corresponding service Please refer to section 4 1 for more information of creating My Vigor account Note If you have used Service Activation Wizard to activate WCF service you can skip this section WCE adopts the mechanism developed and offered by certain service provider e g DrayTek No matter activating WCF feature or getting a new license for web content filter you have to click Activate to satisfy your request Be aware that service provider matching with VigorPro5510 currently offers a period of time for trial version for users to experiment If you want to purchase a formal edition simply contact with the channel partner or your dealer Click CSM and click Web Content Filter Profile to open the profile setting page The default setting for Setup Query Server Setup Test Server is auto selected You can choose another server for your necessity by clicking F
293. res E ear earaaioarceieg aang E E 193 6 ig Pe IE BIC O70 19 6 8 ee E E A eee eee eee 193 J122 Gened SEUNG eee 194 3 123 Dial to Single Dual ISP Scsi a iaa a aa i 197 SIERE EO a iie EA A ENE E E AE A E E A A E E 200 SANES CAN rea E T E E 202 3 131 BASIC COMO DIS sessirnar TEA E E AEA 202 SAAE EEE MD E A E E E E E A A E T 204 eo OC T E E E A EN A A E A E A A E 206 3 134 Actes CONTO opener eeseepsa tie vet E E EA E E EAEE 208 SRELE E E E E E E E E E EEE E E E 210 EAE A o E patie ace ace E E E E E A E 212 SAAP DISCOV CY aera a E E E 216 PA ROMON E e A eusaneaeaniauiaieas 216 P RIE GONO eena E E E Sonesuemennaceuameaas 218 Oe Ol O Wep Ronal EOG ii nece N A E 218 A ENP N a A suebaeaetendasnenoeneresosbu ase aceemeacousegecese 219 3 141 General SCID esrin einai i a EAE Ei ASEE TEENE 219 AL OL NDPT aea rE E E E 220 3 14 3 User ACCOUNT ceasesisninciisser n a a Ei E SEEE ENO ESENE 221 3 144 Online User SEALS os onsssitaicerssecomniiconioniiestean estes oceng salouieninise E EEE 223 3 15 System MAaINteNANCE cccccccccssssssecceeeeeceeeeseeeeceeeeeeueeseceeeeessueeeseeeeeeessauaaaeeeeeeeeessaaaaeeeees 223 el OA OY SIO SUIS EAE sudo ican gucu te T E E AEE 224 TAS TROGO SC Nass acanceia E oneeecousonaesuen caduranesaete at sacs E T ones personaeseencudutesess 226 Sr FO 9 Administrator FASS WOM caspersi nE E AAE E EE ENRE 227 J194 OF MOF AU MN AC IUD ccsa a a e Aa A E EES 228 Ball 0 SY O IAE eesosa E EE EAE EEE 230 Se OO UME QING HANS
294. rewall and click DoS Defense to open the setup page Firewall gt gt DoS defense Setup DoS defense Setup C Enable DoS Defense elect All Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDF flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Enable Port Scan detection Black IP aptions Block Land Block Smurf Block trace route Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Threshold eo packets sec Timeout ho SEC Threshold hso packets sec Timeout ho sec Threshold eo packets sec Timeout ho SEC Threshold hso packets sec Black TCP flag scan Black Tear Drop Black Ping of Death Black ICMP fragment Block UnknownProtacal po Enable Dos Defense Enable SYN flood defense Enable UDP flood defense Enable ICMP flood defense Dray Tek Check the box to activate the DoS Defense Functionality Check the box to activate the SYN flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the TCP SYN packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined value the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent TCP SYN packets for a period defined in Timeout The goal for this is prevent the TCP SYN packets attempt to exhaust the limited resource of Vigor router By default the threshold and timeout values are set to 50 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the UDP flood defense function Once detecting the Threshold of the UDP packets from the Internet has exceeded the defined val
295. rm it receive This function is very useful when the network traffic congestion occurs and it still can remain the accuracy of DTMF tone SIP INFO Choose this one then the Vigor will capture the DTMF tone and transfer it into SIP form Then it will be sent to the remote end with SIP message OTF mode InBand InBand QutBand RF C2033 SIP INFO cisco format SIP IMFO nortel format Payload Type rfc2833 Choose a number from 96 to 127 the default value was 101 This setting is available for the OutBand RFC2833 mode es Dray Tek Detailed Settings for ISDN1 SO0 Port Click the number link of Index 3 ISDN1 SO you can access into the following page for configuring Phone settings VoIP gt gt Phone Settings ISDN1 S0 Call Feature Codecs O Hotline Prefer Codec G 7294 B Kbps CO Session Timer 3600 ore L Single Codec Call Forwarding Packet Size SIP URL Time Out ae Default SIP Account C DNO Do Not Disturb Mode Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup o C C 1 SIP Account for MSN31 Note Action and Idle Timeout settings will be ignored Index 1 603 in Phone Book as Exception List SIP Account for MSN34 i LE LL ip Account for Msnas C CLIR thide caller ID O Call Waiting C call Transfer Hotline Session Timer Call Forwarding Dray Tek bh ile calelcelllelleeleelee 3 8 mw voice Active Detector Of SIP Account for MSN30 SIP Account for MSN32 SIP Account for MSN3
296. rom the Syslog screen select the router you want to monitor Be reminded that in Network Information select the network adapter used to connect to the router Otherwise you won t succeed in retrieving information from the router it DrayTek Syslog 3 6 1 Controls 192 168 1 1 w lt WAN Status Gateway IP Fixed TX Packets vigor series 0 0 LAN Status TX Packets RX Packets WAN IP Fixed RX Packets RX Rate a a 7 SS te ees Firewall Log VPN Log User Access Log Call Log WAN Log Others Network Information Net State On Line Routers Host Name vivian IP Address Mask MAC NIC Description SiS 900 Based PCI Fast Ethernet Adapter Packet Si 192 168 1 1 255 255 2 00 50 7F 54 6 WIC iaman MAC Address 00 1 1 D8 E4 58 CE Default Geteway 192 168 1 1 IP Address 192 168 1 10 v DHCP Server 192 168 1 1 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 kan Mon Jan 22 Lease Obtained 01 28 23 2007 gt 168 95 1 1 Lilt DNS Servers Lease Expires Thu Jan 25 01 28 23 2007 ADSL Status Up Speed SNR Margin Mode Down Speed Lo L AEE 3 15 6 Time and Date It allows you to specify where the time of the router should be inquired from igor2930 Series User s Guide 231 Dr ay Ie k System Maintenance gt gt Time and Date Time Information Current System Time 2007 Oct 17 Wed 8 3 19 Time etup Use Browser Time Use Internet Time Client Time
297. rting 100 VPN tunnels simultaneously The following figure shows the summary table VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN LAN to LAN Profiles Setto Factory Default Index Name Status Index Name Status ie TT ba i PER E Z TT s 18 TT k 3 PTF ka 19 TTF k 4 TT rs 20 TT r 5 TT E 1 TT H 6 777 x 22 777 x f TT s 23 TT k g 777 ba 4 TT k ohh TT ay 25 TT k 10 TT r 2b TT r 11 TT E Pais TT H 12 777 x 28 777 x 13 TT y 25 TP bs 14 TT 30 TT k 15 PTF a 31 Te k 16 TIT r 32 TT r lt lt 1 32 3364 65 96 97 100 gt gt Next gt gt Set to Factory Default Click to clear all indexes Name Indicate the name of the LAN to LAN profile The symbol represents that the profile is empty Status Indicate the status of individual profiles The symbol V and X represent the profile to be active and inactive respectively Click each index to edit each profile and you will get the following page Each LAN to LAN profile includes 4 subgroups If the fields gray out it means you may leave it untouched The following explanations will guide you to fill all the necessary fields For the web page is too long we divide the page into several sections for explanation igor2930 Series User s Guide 137 Dr ay Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name w Enable this profile YPN Dial Gut Through WANT First Netbios Naming Pac
298. rver 192 168 50 200 in the field of Peer GRE IP Callback Budget i minutets 4 GRE over IPSec Settings M Enable IPSec Dial Out function GRE over IPSec Logical Traffic y GRE IP 92 168 50 100 Peer GRE IP 92 168 50 200 5 TCP IP Network Settings My WAN IP 0 0 0 0 RIP Direction THRA Both Remote Gateway IP 0000 From first subnet to remote network you have to 0 0 do Pemote Network IP 192 165 1 0 Route Remote Network Mask 255 255 255 0 hore Change default route to this YPN tunnel Only single WAN supports this 3 JK lear Cancel 152 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Advanced Load Balance and Backup After setting profiles for load balance you can choose any one of them and click Advance for more detailed configuration The windows for advanced load balance and backup are different Refer to the following explanation Advanced Load Balance S hitp 192 168 254 4 TEN Load Balance Advance Settings Microsoft Internet Explorer VPN Load Balance Advance Settings Profile Name loadbal Load Balance Algorithm Round Robin O Weighted Round Robin Auta Weighted O According to Speed Ratio Member1 Member2 50 50 Fastest VPN Load Balance Binding Tunnel Policy Create After insert Tunnel Bind Table Index 1 400 Active Binding Dial Out Index Binding Src IP Start Binding Dest IP Start Binding Dest Port Start Binding Fragmented Detail Inform
299. rver and enter the page of certificate request copy the information into it and submit a request A new certificate will be issued to you by the CA server You can save it igor2930 Series User s Guide 161 Dray Te k 3 10 2 Trusted CA Certificate Trusted CA certificate lists three sets of trusted CA certificate Certificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate X509 Trusted CA Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify Trusted CA 1 flew Delete Trusted CA 2 Vi lew Delete Trusted C4 3 lew Delete IMPORT REFRESH To import a pre saved trusted CA certificate please click IMPORT to open the following window Use Browse to find out the saved text file Then click Import The one you imported will be listed on the Trusted CA Certificate window Then click Import to use the pre saved file Cerificate Management gt gt Trusted CA Certificate Import X509 Trusted CA Certificate Select a trusted CA certificate file Brawse Click Import to upload the certification For viewing each trusted CA certificate click View to open the certificate detail information window If you want to delete a CA certificate choose the one and click Delete to remove all the certificate information S Certificate Information Microsoft Internet Explorer DoR Certificate Detail Information Certificate Name Trusted CA 1 Issuer Subject Subject Alternative Name Valid Fram
300. rwarding function Always means all the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL without any reason Busy means the incoming calls will be forwarded into SIP URL only when the local system is busy No answer means if the incoming calls do not receive any response they will be forwarded to the SIP URL by the time out Disable Always Busy Mo Answer SIP URL Type in the SIP URL e g aaa draytel org or abc iptel org as the site for call forwarded Time Out Set the time out for the call forwarding The default setting is 30 sec DND Do Not Disturb Set a period of peace time without disturbing by VoIP phone mode call During the period the one who dials in will listen busy Dray Tek tone yet the local user will not listen any ring tone Index 1 15 in Schedule Enter the index of schedule profiles to control the DND mode according to the preconfigured schedules Refer to section Application gt gt Schedule for detailed configuration Index 1 60 in Phone Book Enter the index of phone book 188 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide CLIR hide caller ID Prefer Codec Default SIP Account FXO Feature igor2930 Series User s Guide profiles Refer to section VoIP gt gt DialPlan Phone Book for detailed configuration Check this box to hide the caller ID on the display panel of the phone set Select one of five codecs as the default for your VoIP calls The codec used for each call will be negot
301. ry DNS 194 109 6 66 Secondary DNS 194 98 0 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 50 111 4910 S663 Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet WAR L Static IP 0 10 08 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 166 22 111 192 165 22 105 91 el 99 3 WAH 2 Status gt gt Drop PPTP Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet WANS PPTP 0100 15 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 29 202 192 168 29 1 103 119 14 6 Online status for Static IP for WAN1 Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 12 38 LAN Status Primary DNS 194 109 56 66 Secondary DNS 194 98 0 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 169 50 111 4910 3663 WAH 1 Status Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet WAMI Static IF 0 10 08 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 169 22 111192 168 22 105 91 21 99 3 WAH 2 Status gt gt Drop PPTP Enable Line Hame Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet WES PPTP 0 00 15 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 168 29 202 192 168 29 1 103 119 14 6 Dray Tek 26 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Online status for DHCP Online Status System Status System Uptime 0 17 57 LAN Status Primary DNS 169 95 1 1 Secondary DNS 168 95 1 1 IP Address TX Packets RX Packets 192 168 50 111 856 fo WAN 1 Status gt gt Release Enable Line Name Mode Up Time Yes Ethernet DHCP Client 0 01 49 IP GW IP TX Packets TX Rate RX Packets RX Rate 192 166 22 10 192 166 22 105 3 a T J WAH
302. ry one who wants to talk using his her SIP Uniform Resource Identifier SIP Address The standard format of SIP URI is sip user password host port Some fields may be optional in different use In general host refers to a domain The userinfo includes the user field the password field and the sign following them This is very similar to a URL so some may call it SIP URL SIP supports peer to peer direct calling and also calling via a SIP proxy server a role similar to the gatekeeper in H 323 networks while the MGCP protocol uses client server architecture the calling scenario being very similar to the current PSTN ISDN network After a call is setup the voice streams transmit via RTP Real Time Transport Protocol Different codecs methods to compress and encode the voice can be embedded into RTP packets Vigor V models provide various codecs including G 711 A u law G 723 G 726 and G 729 A amp B Each codec uses a different bandwidth and hence provides different levels of voice quality The more bandwidth a codec uses the better the voice quality however the codec used must be appropriate for your Internet bandwidth Usually there will be two types of calling scenario as illustrated below Calling via SIP Servers First the Vigor V models of yours will have to register to a SIP Registrar by sending igor2930 Series User s Guide 163 Dr ay Te k registration messages to validate Then both parti
303. s field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above Check this box to make the authentication with mOTP function 9 Dray Tek PIN Code Type the code for authentication e g 1234 Secret Use the 32 digit secret number generated by mOTP in the mobile phone e g e759bb6f0e94c7ab4fe6 IKE Authentication This group of fields is applicable for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP Method with IPSec Policy when you specify the IP address of the remote node The only exception is Digital Signature X 509 can be set when you select IPSec tunnel either with or without specify the IP address of the remote node Pre Shared Key Check the box of Pre Shared Key to invoke this function and type in the required characters 1 63 as the pre shared key Digital Signature X 509 Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function and Select one predefined Profiles set in the VPN and Remote Access gt gt IPSec Peer Identity IPSec Security Method This group of fields is a must for IPSec Tunnels and L2TP with IPSec Policy when you specify the remote node Check the Medium DES 3DES or AES box as the security method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is invoked You can uncheck it to disable it High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload data will be encrypted and authenticated You may select encryptio
304. s for each PC connected under such router However the configured Anti Virus and Anti Intrusion profiles can be applied to PCs connected behind vigor router to have the best security The following picture explains the basic structure for using transparent mode for vigor router igor2930 Series User s Guide 67 Dray Te k NAT Enable Tranparent Mode sg Fa G 172 16 x x PCs with subnet 172 16 x x connected under Vigor router will be protected by security settings enabled and configured on the web pages of Vigor router When the transparent mode has been checked hackers from Internet do not sense the existence of vigor router therefore they cannot attack the router 3 4 3 Filter Setup Click Firewall and click Filter Setup to open the setup page Firewall gt Filter Setup Filter Setup Setto Factory Default Set Comments Set Comments Ae Default Call Filter Default Data Filter 3 Sh 4 10 al 1 G 12 To edit or add a filter click on the set number to edit the individual set The following page will be shown Each filter set contains up to 7 rules Click on the rule number button to edit each rule Check Active to enable the rule Firewall gt gt Filter Setup gt gt Edit Filter Set Filter Set 1 Comments Filter Rule Active Comments Move Up Move Down Block NetBios Down a UP Down a UP Down O UP Down O UP Down 6 O UP Down L UP Next Filter Set Dray Te k 68 Vigor2930 Series
305. s the pre shared key that both parties have known VPN and Remote Access gt gt PSec General Setup VPN IKEIPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAMY IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Medium 4H3 Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MipeES Mspes Maes Data will be encrypted and authentic Go to LAN to LAN Click on one index number to edit a profile 4 Set Common Settings as shown below You should enable both of VPN connections because any one of the parties may start the VPN connection VPN and Remote Access gt gt LAN to LAN Profile Index 1 1 Common Settings Profile Name Branch Call Direction Both Dial Qut Dial In C Enable this profile O Always on Idle Timeout a00 VPN Dial Out Through WAMI First C Enable PING to keep alive Netbios Naming Packet Pass OBlock PING to the IP Multicast via YPN OPass Block for same IGMP IP Camera DHCP Relay etc 4 igor2930 Series User s Guide 251 Dray Tek 5 Set Dial Out Settings as shown below to dial to connect to Router B aggressively with the selected Dial Out method If an IPSec based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial Out connection 2 Dial Out Settings Type of Server am calling Link Type ISDN Username O PPTP Password IPSec Tunnel PPP Authenticati
306. same it indicates one port when the first and last values are different it indicates a range for the port and available for this profile Dray Te k 80 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide when the first and last value are the same it indicates all the ports except the port defined here when the first and last values are different it indicates that all the ports except the range defined here are available for this service type gt the port number greater than this value is available lt the port number less than this value is available for this profile Below is an example of service type objects settings Service Type Object Profiles Index Name 1 SIP ETF 3 3 5 4 Service Type Group This page allows you to bind several service types into one group Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Service Type Group Table Setto Factory Default Group Name Group Name 17 E a e a a a a a A a aa a a kd eaa i a a a a a a a a u SFFEEBRBERBEERBEPBEE Set to Factory Default Clear all profiles Click the number under Index column for settings in detail igor2930 Series User s Guide 81 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt Service Type Group Setup Profile Index 1 Available Service Type Objects Selected Service Type Objects SIP 2 RTP Name Type a name for this profile Available Service Type You can add IP objects from IP Objects page All the Objects availa
307. se should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials we will at our discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor to whatever extent we deem necessary tore store the product to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal value and will be offered solely at our discretion This warranty will not apply if the product is modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions The warranty does not cover the bundled or licensed software of other vendors Defects which do not significantly affect the usability of the product will not be covered by the warranty We reserve the right to revise the manual and online documentation and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation to notify any person of such revision or changes Web registration is preferred You can register your Vigor router via http www draytek com Due to the continuous evolution of DrayTek technology all routers will be regularly upgraded Please consult the DrayTek web site for more information on newest firmware tools and documents http www draytek com il Dray Tek European Community Declarations Manufacturer DrayTek Corp Address No 26 Fu Shing Road HuKou Township HsinChu Industrial Park Hsin Chu T
308. sessuaeaeeeeeeeeees 290 Dr ay Te k Vili Vigor2930 Series User s Guide a Preface Vigor2930 is a broadband router with dual WAN interface It provides policy based load balance fail over and BOD Bandwidth on Demand also it integrates IP layer QoS NAT session bandwidth management to help users control works well with large bandwidth By adopting hardware based VPN platform hardware encryption of AES DES 3DS and hardware key hash of SHA 1 MD5 the router increases the performance of VPN greatly and offers several protocols such as PSec PPTP L2TP with up to 100 VPN tunnels The object originated design used in SPI Stateful Packet Inspection firewall allows users to set firewall policy with ease CSM Content Security Management provides users control and management in IM Instant Messenger and P2P Peer to Peer more efficiency than before By the way DoS DDoS prevention and URL Web content filter strengthen the security outside and control inside Vigor2930 S series models support two ISDN ports ISDN SO 1 port is dedicated for ISDN phone and ISDN SO 2 port is configurable for ISDN line and phone if required It can support multiple SIP registrars with high flexible configuration and call handling options Object oriented firewall is flexible and allows your network be safe In addition through VoIP function the communication fee for you and remote people can be reduced 1 1 Web Configuration Buttons Explanation Se
309. specify the remote peer IP Address IKE Authentication Method and IPSec Security Method for this Dial In connection Otherwise it will apply the settings defined in IPSec General Setup above 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN C PPTP IPSec Tunnel C LATP with IPSec Policy Specify ISON CLID or Remote YPN Gateway Peer ISON Number or Peer YPN Serwer IP 220 135 240 208 orpeerD O O Wsername Password VI Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key C Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESF DES SIDES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback bo minutegs Callback Number Callback Budget If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote peer IP Address Username Password and VJ Compression for this Dial In connection 3 Dial In Settings Allowed Dial In Type C ISDN PPTR C IPSec Tunnel C LATP with IPSec Policy Specify ISON CLID or Remote VPN Gateway Peer ISDN Number or Peer YPN Server IP 220 135 240 208 orpeero O 7 Username draytek on off Y Compression IKE Authentication Method Pre Shared Key Digital Signature 509 IPSec Security Method Medium 4H High ESP DES SUES AES Callback Function CBCP Enable Callback Function Use the Following Number to Callback bo minuters Callback Number Callback Budget At last
310. ss client you wish to connect to the 210 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide vigor router PIN Code WLAN Card Define a PIN Code F Genen PIN Code of Station For WPS is supported in WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode if you do not choose such mode in Wireless LAN gt gt Security you will see the following message box Microsoft Internet Explorer Please click OK and go back Wireless LAN gt gt Security to choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK mode and access WPS again Below shows Wireless LAN gt gt WPS web page Wireless LAN gt gt WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Information WPS Status Configured SSID DrayTek Authentication Mode Disable Device Configure Configure via PBC Configure via Client PinCode Doo O Status The Authentication Mode is NOT WPA WPAS PSK Note WPS can helo your wireless cllant automatically connect to the Access point WPS is Disabled ad WPS is Enabled Waiting for WPS requests from wireless client Enable WPS Check this box to enable WPS setting WPS Status Display related system information for WPS If the wireless security encryption function of the router is properly configured you can see Configured message here SSID Display the SSID1 of the router WPS is supported by SSID1 only igor2930 Series User s Guide 211 Dray Te k Authentication Mode Display current authentication mode of the router Only WPA2 PSK and WPA PSK suppor
311. such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for URL first then Web feature second Either Web Feature First When all the packages matching with the conditions specified in URL Access Control and Web Feature below such function can determine the priority for the actions executed For this one the router will process the packages with the conditions set below for web feature first then URL second Priority Both Both Pass Both Block Either URL Access Control First Either Web Feature First None There is no log file will be recorded for this profile Pass Only the log about Pass will be recorded in Syslog Block Only the log about Block will be recorded in Syslog All All the actions Pass and Block will be recorded in Syslog Enable URL Access Control Check the box to activate URL Access Control Note that the priority for URL Access Control is higher than Restrict Web Feature If the web content match the setting set in URL Access Control the router will execute the action specified in this field and ignore the action specified under Restrict Web Feature Prevent web access from IP address Check the box to deny any web surfing activity using IP address such as http 202 6 3 2 The reason for this is to prevent someone dodges the URL Access Control You must clear your browser cache first
312. t s http 192 168 1 1 Router Web Configurator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2nd DHCP Server Start IP Address IP Pool Counts 0 max 10 Index Matched MAC Address given IP Address MAC Address l i l l l 44 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide RIP Protocol Control DHCP Server Configuration igor2930 Series User s Guide Start IP Address Enter a value of the IP address pool for the DHCP server to start with when issuing IP addresses If the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the starting IP address must be 220 135 240 2 or greater but smaller than 220 135 240 254 IP Pool Counts Enter the number of IP addresses in the pool The maximum is 10 For example if you type 3 and the 2nd IP address of your router is 220 135 240 1 the range of IP address by the DHCP server will be from 220 135 240 2 to 220 135 240 11 MAC Address Enter the MAC Address of the host one by one and click Add to create a list of hosts to be assigned deleted or edited IP address from above pool Set a list of MAC Address for 2 DHCP server will help router to assign the correct IP address of the correct subnet to the correct host So those hosts in 2 subnet won t get an IP address belonging to 1 subnet Disable deactivates the RIP protocol It will lead to a stoppage of the exchange of routing information between routers Default RIP Protocol Control Disable 1st Subnet 2nd subnet 1st Subn
313. t WPS Configure via Push Button Click Start PBC to invoke Push Button style WPS setup procedure The router will wait for WPS requests from wireless clients about two minutes The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes Configure via Client PinCode Please input the PIN code specified in wireless client you wish to connect and click Start PIN button The WLAN LED on the router will blink fast when WPS is in progress It will return to normal condition after two minutes You need to setup WPS within two minutes 3 13 6 WDS WDS means Wireless Distribution System It is a protocol for connecting two access points AP wirelessly Usually it can be used for the following application Provide bridge traffic between two LANs through the air Extend the coverage range of a WLAN To meet the above requirement two WDS modes are implemented in Vigor router One is Bridge the other is Repeater Below shows the function of WDS bridge interface LAN3 er i Dray Te k 212 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide The application for the WDS Repeater mode is depicted as below WDS Link gt Oe Host with Host with _ Host with bridge Interface 1 repeater Interface bridge Interface 2 v P The major difference between these two modes is that while in Repeater mode the packets received from one peer AP can b
314. t to use Long Preamble if needed to communicate with this kind of devices This feature can enhance the performance in data transmission about 40 more by checking Tx Burst It is active only when both sides of Access Point and Station in wireless client invoke this function at the same time That is the wireless client must support this feature and invoke the function too Note Vigor N61 wireless adapter supports this function Therefore you can use and install it into your PC for matching with Packet OVERDRIVE refer to the following picture of Vigor N61 wireless utility window choose Enable for activating TxBurst i Dray Tek igor N61 802 11n Wireless USB Adapter Utility General Setting Advance Setting Auto launch when Windows start up C Disable Radio C Remember mini status position Fragmentation Threshold C Auto hide mini status RTS Threshold C Set mini status always on top Frequency C Enable IP Setting and Proxy Setting in Profile Ad hoc Channel C Group Roaming Pea Power Save Mode Tx Burst WLAN type to connect Infrastructure and Ad hoc network Infrastructure network only O adhoc network only C Automatically connect to non preferred networks 2346 2347 802 11b gn 24GH v 1 Tx Burst Enable Note means the real transmission rate depends on the environment of the network 3 13 3 Security This page allows you to set
315. te Network IP Remote Network Mask Type a name for such profile The length of the file is limited to 10 characters This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is used to authenticate for connection when you select PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above For PSec L2TP IPSec authentication you have to type a pre shared key Type the pre shared key again for confirmation Check the box of Digital Signature to invoke this function Use the drop down list to choose one of the certificates for using You have to configure one certificate at least previously in Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate Otherwise the setting you choose here will not be effective Type the WAN IP address or VPN client IP address for the remote client Type the ID name for the remote client Please type one LAN IP address according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection Please type the network mask according to the real location of the remote host for building VPN connection 126 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide After finishing the configuration please click Next The confirmation page will be shown as follows If there is no problem you can click one of the radio buttons listed on the page and click Finish to execute the next action VPN and Remote Access gt gt VPN Server Wizard Please Confirm You
316. ter function Assign a start filter set for the Call Filter Data Filter Check Enable to activate the Data Filter function Assign a start filter set for the Data Filter Action Profile Select Pass or Block for the packets that do not match with the igor2930 Series User s Guide 65 Dr ay Te k APP Enforcement URL Content Filter Web Content Filter Syslog Advance Setting Dray Tek filter rules Select one of the APP Enforcement settings created in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile Filter for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt APP Enforcement Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for APP Enforcement Profile by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the URL Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile for applying with this router Please set at least one profile for choosing in CSM gt gt URL Content Filter Profile web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information Select one of the Web Content Filter Profile settings created in CSM gt gt Web Content Filter Profile for applying with this rout
317. ter web page first For troubleshooting needs you can specify to record information for URL Content Filter by checking the Log box It will be sent to Syslog server Please refer to section Syslog Mail Alert for more detailed information n Dray Tek SysLog Advance Setting Dray Tek For troubleshooting needs you can specify the filter log and or CSM log here Check the corresponding box to enable the log function Then the filter log and or CSM log will be shown on Draytek Syslog window Click Edit to open the following window However it is strongly recommended to use the default settings here eS hitp 192 168_ 1 1 docfipfgenady htm Microsoft Internet Explorer Firewall gt gt General Setup Advance Setting Codepage ANSI 1253 Greek Window size 65535 Session timeout 1440 Minute Codepage This function is used to compare the characters among different languages Choose correct codepage can help the system obtaining correct ASCII after decoding data from URL and enhance the correctness of URL Content Filter The default value for this setting is ANSI 1252 Latin I If you do not choose any codepage no decoding job of URL will be processed Please use the drop down list to choose a codepage If you do not have any idea of choosing suitable codepage please open Syslog From Codepage Information of Setup dialog you will see the recommended codepage listed on the dialog box 197 169 1 1 s an Infor
318. the ARP Address Resolution Protocol cache held in the router The table shows a mapping between an Ethernet hardware address MAC Address and an IP address Diagnostics gt gt View ARP Cache Table Ethernet ARP Cache Table Clear Refresh A IP Address Mac Address 192 168 1 10 O0 OE A6 2a D5 A1 172 16 3 112 00 40 Ca 6B 56 Ba 172 16 3 132 00 05 5D E4 ED 86 172 16 3 20 00 0D 60 6F 83 BC 172 16 3 121 00 0C 6E E7 79 99 172 16 3 141 00 11 2F C7 39 0B 172 16 3 133 00 50 7F 23 4D B1 172 16 3 179 00 11 2F 4B 15 F2 172 16 3 21 00 05 5D 41 2B FF 172 16 3 2 00 11 D8 68 O0D aE 172 16 3 18 00 S50 FC 2F 3D 17 172 16 3 151 00 50 7F 2F 33 FF 172 16 3 19 00 O0D 60 6F 89 Ca Refresh Click it to reload the page Clear Click it to clear the whole table Dray Tek 238 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 16 4 DHCP Table The facility provides information on IP address assignments This information is helpful in diagnosing network problems such as IP address conflicts etc Click Diagnostics and click DHCP Table to open the web page Diagnostics gt gt View DHCP Assiqned IP Addresses DHCP IP Assignment Table Refresh DHCP server Running Index IF ddress Mic Address Leased Time HasT ID 1 192 165 1 10 OO OF ai6 28 D5 a1 0 00 02 630 ok leeqiyiyo sSu Index It displays the connection item number IP Address It displays the IP address assigned by this router for specified PC MAC Address It displays the MAC address for
319. the one set in VPN router IPSec Policy Seting My IP 172 16 3 100 Type of IPSec O Standard IPSec Tunnel Remote Subnet l Remote Subnet Mask tras Virture IP DrayTek virture Interface Obtain an IP address automatically DHCP over IPSec C Specify an IP address IP Address Subnet Mask He a He d Security Method Mediumi AH DES Authority Method Pre shared Key ee Certification Guthority Cancel If a PPP based service is selected you should further specify the remote VPN server IP address Username Password and encryption method The User Name and Password should be consistent with the one set up in the VPN router To use default gateway on remote network means that all the packets of remote host will be directed to VPN Dray Te k 258 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide server then forwarded to Internet This will make the remote host seem to be working in the enterprise network Dial To TEH Session Name office VPM Server IF HOST Namefsuch as 123 45 67 89 of draytek com 192 168 11 User Mame draytek_user1 Password EPEE Type of YPN C PPTP CIL2TP i CO IPSec Tunnel IL2TF over IPSec PPTP Encryption O Mo encryption O Maximum strength encryption Use default gateway on remote network 4 Click Connect button to bu
320. tivate free trail edition Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This wizard is used for activating Web Content Filter Please choose the edition you need Free trial edition Formal edition with license key Free trial edition it offers a period of trial for you to get acquainted with WCF function Formal edition with license key you can extend the license valid time manually Note If you activate Formal edition with license key first the free trial edition will be invalid igor2930 Series User s Guide 23 Dray Te k 3 In the following page you can activate the Web content filter service at the same time or individually When you finish the selection please click Next In this case Web Content Filter BPjM is selected Service Activation Wizard Select the service type that you want to activate This product provides 30 days of free trial please choose the item s you want to use For WCF service Web Content Filter BPM Activation Date janie OOOO O web Content Filter t Commtouch 3 Activation Date 4 Setting confirmation page will be displayed as follows please click Next Service Activation Wizard Please confirm your settings Sevice Type Trial version Sevice Activated Web Content Filter BRIM Please click Back to re select service type you to activate 5 Wait fora moment till the following page appears Service Activation
321. to change the WAN interface Src IP Start Display the IP address for the start of the source IP Src IP End Display the IP address for the end of the source IP Dest IP Start Display the IP address for the start of the destination IP Dest IP End Display the IP address for the end of the destination IP Dest Port Start Display the IP address for the start of the destination port Dest Port End Display the IP address for the end of the destination port Move UP Move Down Use Up or Down link to move the order of the policy Click Index 1 to access into the following page for configuring load balance policy WAN gt Load Balance Policy Index 1 CI Enable Protocol any v Binding AN Interface Auto failover to the other WAN Src IP Start fs Dest IP Start fs Dest IP End fs Dest Port Start Dest Port End Enable Check this box to enable this policy Protocol Use the drop down menu to choose a proper protocol for the WAN interface Protocol Dray Te k 40 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Binding WAN interface Src IP Start Src IP End Dest IP Start Dest IP End Dest Port Start Dest Port End igor2930 Series User s Guide Choose the WAN interface WANI or WAN2 for binding You can check the box of Auto failover to other WAN to make a backup WAN connection if the selected WAN interface fails to connect to Internet Type the source IP start for the specified WAN interface Type the source IP end for the specified W
322. to make a L2TP VPN connection through the Internet You can select to use L2TP P Uo igor2930 Series User s Guide 1 Dray Tek Specify CLID or Remote VPN Gateway User Name Password VJ Compression IKE Authentication Method IPSec Security Method Callback Function Dray Tek alone or with IPSec Select from below None Do not apply the IPSec policy Accordingly the VPN connection employed the L2TP without IPSec policy can be viewed as one pure L2TP connection Nice to Have Apply the IPSec policy first if it is applicable during negotiation Otherwise the dial in VPN connection becomes one pure L2TP connection Must Specify the IPSec policy to be definitely applied on the L2TP connection You can specify the IP address of the remote dial in user or peer ID should be the same with the ID setting in dial in type by checking the box Enter Peer ISDN number if you select ISDN above This feature is useful for i model only Also you should further specify the corresponding security methods on the right side If you uncheck the checkbox the connection type you select above will apply the authentication methods and security methods in the general settings This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above This field is applicable when you select ISDN PPTP or L2TP with or without IPSec policy above VJ Compression is used for TCP IP protocol header com
323. to verify whether it is categorized to access into the test server selected Click it to open http myvigor draytek com for searching another qualified and suitable server Click this link to do the verification Click this link to retrieve the factory settings None the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF precisely however the processing rate is normal Such item can provide the most accurate URL matching L1 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCE If the URL has been accessed previously it will be stored for a short time about 1 second in the router to be accessed quickly if required Such item can provide accurate URL matching with faster rate L2 the router will check the URL that the user wants to access via WCF If the data has been accessed previously the IP addresses of source and destination IDs will be memorized for a short time about 1 second in the router When the user tries to access the same destination ID the router will check it by comparing the record stored If it matches the page will be retrieved quickly Such item can provide URL matching with the fastest rate L1 L2 Cache the router will check the URL with fast processing rate combining the feature of L1 and L2 Fight profiles are provided here as Web content filters Simply click the index number under Profile to open the following web page The items listed in Categories will b
324. ty properties of NAT are somewhat bypassed if you set up DMZ host We suggest you to add additional filter rules or a secondary firewall Click DMZ Host to open the following page NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 MAC Address of the True IP DMZ Host joo joo foo loo oo oo Note When a True IP DMZ host is turned on it will force the router s WAN connection to be always on WAN 2 Enable Private IP m If you previously have set up WAN Alias in Internet Access gt gt PPPoE PPPoA or Internet Access gt gt MPo0A you will find them in Aux WAN IP list for your selection NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup DMZ Host Setup WAN 1 Index Enable Aux WAN IP Private IP 1 E 172 16 3 229 fs WAN 2 Enable Private IP E Oooo y Enable Check to enable the DMZ Host function Private IP Enter the private IP address of the DMZ host or click Choose PC to select one Choose PC Click this button and then a window will automatically pop up as Dray Tek depicted below The window consists of a list of private IP addresses of all hosts in your LAN network Select one private IP address in the list to be the DMZ host 58 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide igor2930 Series User s Guide F hipio f 13 168 1 10 1s 168 118 When you have selected one private IP from the above dialog the IP address will be shown on the following screen Click OK to save the setting NAT gt gt DMZ Host Setup
325. ue the Vigor router will start to randomly discard the subsequent UDP packets for a period defined in Timeout The default setting for threshold and timeout are 150 packets per second and 10 seconds respectively Check the box to activate the ICMP flood defense function Similar to the UDP flood defense function once if the Threshold of ICMP packets from Internet has exceeded the defined value the router will discard the ICMP echo requests coming from the Internet The default setting for threshold and timeout are 50 packets per second 74 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Enable PortScan detection Block IP options Block Land Block Smurf Block trace router Block SYN fragment Block Fraggle Attack Block TCP flag scan Block Tear Drop Block Ping of Death igor2930 Series User s Guide and 10 seconds respectively Port Scan attacks the Vigor router by sending lots of packets to many ports in an attempt to find ignorant services would respond Check the box to activate the Port Scan detection Whenever detecting this malicious exploration behavior by monitoring the port scanning Threshold rate the Vigor router will send out a warning By default the Vigor router sets the threshold as 150 packets per second Check the box to activate the Block IP options function The Vigor router will ignore any IP packets with IP option field in the datagram header The reason for limitation is IP option appears to be a vulnerabi
326. uest such as certifcate name used for identifying different certificate subject alternative name type and relational settings for subject name Then click GENERATE again Dray Te k 158 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Certificate Management gt Local Certificate Generate Certificate Signing Request Subject Alternative Name Type IP Address IP Subject Name Country C4 state 6T J Location 1 DS Grginization Unit O oo O OE common Name CN D S smail E D Key Type Key Size Generate Note Please be noted that Common Name must be configured with rotuer s WAN IP or domain name After clicking GENERATE the generated information will be displayed on the window below Certificate Management gt gt Local Certificate X909 Local Certificate Configuration Name Subject Status Modify server f C TW ST Hsinchu L Hsinchu o Requesting lew Delete MEW Delete E WE Delete GENERATE IMPORT REFRESH IMPORT Vigor router allows you to generate a certificate request and submit it the CA server then import it as Local Certificate If you have already gotten a certificate from a third party you may import it directly The supported types are PKCS12 Certificate and Certificate with a private key Click this button to import a saved file as the certification information There are three types of local certificate supported by Vigor router igor2930 Series User s Guide 159 Dray Te k Ceri
327. uffixing the IP address with 8080 e g http 192 168 1 1 8080 instead of port 80 System Maintenance gt gt Management Management Setup Management Access Control Management Port Setup User Define Ports Default Ports Allow management from the Internet Talneb pa Default C FTP Server HTTP Port bo Default HTTP Server HTTPS Server eli Default Telnet Server FTP Port Default Cl SSH Server 55H Port Default Disable PING from the Internet SNMP Setup Access List C Enable SNMP Agent List IP Subnet Mask eceicommunity Manager Host IP Trap Community Notification Hast IP Trap Timeout seconds 3 3 2 DMZ Host As mentioned above Port Redirection can redirect incoming TCP UDP or other traffic on particular ports to the specific private IP address port of host in the LAN However other IP protocols for example Protocols 50 ESP and 51 AH do not travel on a fixed port Vigor router provides a facility DMZ Host that maps ALL unsolicited data on any protocol to a single host in the LAN Regular web surfing and other such Internet activities from other clients will continue to work without inappropriate interruption DMZ Host allows a defined internal user to be totally exposed to the Internet which usually helps some special applications such as Netmeeting or Internet Games etc Destined to Internet 220 135 240 207 Protocol Any Port Any igor2930 Series User s Guide T Dr ay Tek The inherent securi
328. umber under Index column for settings in detail igor2930 Series User s Guide 89 Dray Te k Objects Setting gt gt Misc Object Profile Profile Index 1 Profile Name 0000000 Check for Disallow Select All e wac7sing Sacks4 5 LIPGPNet LIHTTP Proxy CI Tor CIYNN C SoftEther CIMS TEREDO C Wujie UltraSurf ClHamachi CIHTTP Tunnel C Ping Tunnel CI Tiny YPN Cl RealTunnel OynaPass Streaming LI MMs LIRTSe LI T Ants LJPPStream LIPPlive FeiDian LJuusSee LINSPlayer LJpcast LI T Koo SapCast LJ UDLivex LI T UPlayer LIiMySee L Joost C Flash ideo J SilverLight LJ Slingbox Llovon Remote Control LI VAC Cl Radmin O Spy4nywhere Ol ShowMyPe LagMetn TeamViewer C Gogrok RemotecontralPra LJ CrossLoop O WindowsRDP Jpcanywhere LJ Timbuktu LJ WindowsLiveSync LJ Shared iew Web HD CJHTTPE upload CJHiNet Safebox MS SkyDrive ClGDoc Upload Cl ADrive O MyOtherDrive Mozy ClBoxNet LJ officeLive Profile Name Type a name for the CSM profile Check for Disallow Check the items that disallow to use Any device that uses such profile might not be allowed to access into the forbidden items Dray Tek 90 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 3 6 CSM CSM is an abbreviation of Content Security Management which is used to control IM P2P usage filter the web content and URL content to reach a goal of security management Note The priority of URL Content Filter is higher than Web Content Filter CSM
329. ust be configured behind vigor router 2 web server gateway must be indicated to vigor router In addition users must execute Connect manually in SSL Client Portal page SSL if you choose such selection web proxy over SSL will be applied for VPN 3 14 3 User Account For SSL VPN identity authentication and power management are implemented through deploying user accounts Therefore the user account for SSL VPN must be set together with remote dial in user web page Such menu item will guide to access into VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in user igor2930 Series User s Guide 221 Dray Te k VPN and Remote Access gt gt Remote Dial in User Remote Access User Accounts Index User Tr TET a vee of TER TET TFF ae cae ce Status Index x XX KX eX xX KX KX KX KX KX KX KO fe a oa PAP Pe Pa a Pe PP PP fem met et SPEBBREPEFEPRBEPEEEER n Re FREE RE BeEeRPrPrPFeee A ray 33 64 65 96 97 128 129 160 161 192 193 200 gt gt Setto Factory Default User Status ce Hee v8 Ee ee ee ek ERF Ter PEE KO KEO KEO KO XH XH HX HX XH HX XH HX HX HK HK ea Next You can find out the link of Set SSL Web Proxy on the profile setting page If you haven t set any SSL Web Proxy Profile in SSL VPN gt gt SSL Web Proxy web page there is no check box but a link appeared below Netbios Naming Packet pass Block Set SSL Web Proxy
330. ut in the AH and transmitted along with packets On the receiving side the peer will perform the same one way hash on the packet and compare the value with the one in the AH it receives Encapsulating Security Payload ESP is a security protocol that provides data confidentiality and protection with optional authentication and replay detection service VPN and Remote Access gt IPSec General Setup VPN IKE IPSec General Setup Dial in Set up for Remote Dial in users and Dynamic IP Client LAN to LAN IKE Authentication Method Certificate for Dial in Pre Shared Key IPSec Security Method Medium AH Data will be authentic but will not be encrypted High ESP MIDES Mapes M 4eEs Data will be encrypted and authentic IKE Authentication This usually applies to those are remote dial in user or node igor2930 Series User s Guide 129 Dr ay Te k Method LAN to LAN which uses dynamic IP address and IPSec related VPN connections such as L2TP over IPSec and PSec tunnel Certificate for Dial in Choose the one you need Pre Shared Key Currently only support Pre Shared Key authentication Pre Shared Key Specify a key for IKE authentication Confirm Pre Shared Key Retype the characters to confirm the pre shared key IPSec Security Method Medium Authentication Header AH means data will be authenticated but not be encrypted By default this option is active High Encapsulating Security Payload ESP means payload
331. utes Reset Copyright 2006 DrayTek Corp All Rights Reserved Next users can open SSL VPN gt gt Online Status to view logging status of SSL VPN SSL VPN gt Online Status Pefresh Seconds io refresh Active User Host IP Time out seconds Action caesar Kae 292 _Drop Active User Display current user who visit SSL VPN server Host IP Display the IP address for the host Time out Display the time remaining for logging out Action You can click Drop to drop certain login user from the router s SSL Portal UI 3 15 System Maintenance For the system setup there are several items that you have to know the way of configuration Status Administrator Password Configuration Backup Syslog Time setup Reboot System Firmware Upgrade igor2930 Series User s Guide 223 Dray Te k Below shows the menu items for System Maintenance System Maintenance g 3 15 1 System Status The System Status provides basic network settings of Vigor router It includes LAN and WAN interface information Also you could get the current running firmware version or firmware related information from this presentation System Status Model Name Firmware Version Build Date Time Vigorz930V5n gt v3 3 0 Wed Aug 11 18 50 1 1 2010 System CPU Usage 2 96 Total Memory 64M Memory usage ee 6 Link Status MAC Address Connection WAN 1 Connected OO SO F C2 F 49 Static IP LAN O0 S0 F C2 F
332. veral main buttons appeared on the web pages are defined as the following ols Save and apply current settings Cancel Cancel current settings and recover to the previous saved settings OSE Clear all the selections and parameters settings including selection from drop down list All the values must be reset with factory default settings Add Add new settings for specified item Edit Edit the settings for the selected item Delete Delete the selected item with the corresponding settings Note For the other buttons shown on the web pages please refer to Chapter 4 for detailed explanation igor2930 Series User s Guide l Dr ay Te k 1 2 LED Indicators and Connectors Before you use the Vigor router please get acquainted with the LED indicators and connectors first The displays of LED indicators and connectors for the routers are different slightly The following sections will introduce them respectively Definitions for ISDN Ports Below shows the names that displayed on front panel of the device and the WEB UI of this device ISDN TE Terminal Equipment means an interface for transmitting analog signal through Internet between Switching and router Such interface is also named with ISDN SO extern in Germany ISDN NT Network Terminator is a port that used to connect general phone Such interface is also named with ISDN SO intern in Germany The ISDN SO 1 port on Vigor2930 series is fixed to connect phone forev
333. which security suite you select they all will enhance the over the air data protection and or privacy on your wireless network The Vigor wireless router is very flexible and can support multiple secure connections with both WEP and WPA at the same time Separate the Wireless and the Wired LAN WLAN Isolation enables you to isolate your wireless LAN from wired LAN for either quarantine or limit access reasons To isolate means neither of the parties can access each other To elaborate an example for business use you may set up a wireless LAN for visitors only so they can connect to Internet without hassle of the confidential information leakage For a more flexible deployment you may add filters of MAC addresses to isolate users access from wired LAN Manage Wireless Stations Station List will display all the station in your wireless network and the status of their connection Below shows the menu items for Wireless LAN Wireless LAN General Setup Control AP Discovery Rate Control Web Portal Log in bg p igor2930 Series User s Guide 203 Dr ay Te k 3 13 2 General Setup By clicking the General Settings a new web page will appear so that you could configure the SSID and the wireless channel Please refer to the following figure for more information Wireless LAN gt General Setup General Setting IEEE 802 11 Enable Wireless LAN Mode Mixed l1b 11g 11ni Index 1 15 in Schedule Setup
334. width value for inbound outbound as 80 85 of physical network speed provided by ISP to maximize the QoS performance Reserved Bandwidth Ratio It is reserved for the group index in the form of ratio of reserved bandwidth to upstream speed and reserved bandwidth to downstream speed Enable UDP Bandwidth Check this and set the limited bandwidth ratio on the right Control field This is a protection of TCP application traffic since UDP application traffic such as streaming video will exhaust lots of bandwidth Outbound TCP ACK The difference in bandwidth between download and upload Prioritize are great in ADSL2 environment For the download speed might be impacted by the uploading TCP ACK you can Dray Te k 104 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide Limited_bandwidth Ratio Online Statistics check this box to push ACK of upload faster to speed the network traffic The ratio typed here is reserved for limited bandwidth of UDP application Display an online statistics for quality of service for your reference This link will be seen only if you click OK in WANI WAN2 General Setup web page and click Setup again for WANI WAN2 on the Bandwith Management gt gt Quality of Service Bandwidth Management gt gt Quality of Service Refresh WAN1 Online Statistics Refresh Interval 5 seconds Index Direction Class Name Reserved bandwidth Ratio Outbound Throughput Bytes sec 1 OUT 25 0 2 OUT 25 0 3 OUT 25 0 4 OUT
335. xamples for other operation systems please refer to the similar steps or find support notes in www draytek com 1 Goto Control Panel and then double click on Network Connections Webwork Connections 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and click on Properties Disable Status Repair Bridge Connections Create Sharkcut Rename Properties 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP and then click Properties ethO Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using BS ASUSTerBroadcom 4402 10 1700 Ir This connection uses the following items El Client tor Microsoft Networks im File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks os Packet Scheduler pg Internet Protocol TEFAF Install Uninstall Properties Description Transmission Control Protocol lnternet Protocol The default Wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks Show icon in notification area when connected Notify me when this connection has limited or no connectryity Dray Te k 286 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address automatically Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automat
336. y Tek This page is left blank Dray Te k 246 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide 4 Application and Examples 4 1 Create a LAN to LAN Connection Between Remote Office and Headquarter The most common case is that you may want to connect to network securely such as the remote branch office and headquarter According to the network structure as shown in the below illustration you may follow the steps to create a LAN to LAN profile These two networks LANs should NOT have the same network address RouterA 220 135 240 208 Router B 220 135 240 210 Headquarter Remote Branch Office 192 168 1 0 192 168 2 0 Marketing Departme 192 168 Settings in Router A in headquarter 1 Goto VPN and Remote Access and select Remote Access Control to enable the necessary VPN service and click OK 2 Then For using PPP based services such as PPTP L2TP you have to set general settings in PPP General Setup VPN and Remote Access gt gt PPP General Setup PPP General Setup PPP MP Protocol IP Address Assignment for Dial In Users Dial In PPP EE PAP or CHAP w Start IP Address 192 166 1 200 Authentication Dial In PPP Encryption MPPE Optional MPPE w Mutual Authentication PAP Yes No For using IPSec based service such as IPSec or L2TP with IPSec Policy you have to set general settings in IPSec General Setup such as the pre shared key that both igor2930 Series User s Guide Dray Tek parties
337. y convenient way to manage hosts by grouping them based on the physical port You can also manage the in out rate of each port LAN Port mirror can be applied for the users in LAN Generally speaking this function copies traffic from one or more specific ports to a target port This mechanism helps manager track the network errors or abnormal packets transmission without interrupting the flow of data access the network By the way user can apply this function to monitor all traffics which user needs to check There are some advantages supported in this feature First it is more economical without other detecting equipments to be set up Second it may be able to view traffic on one or more ports within a VLAN at the same time Third it can transfer all data traffics to be mirrored to one analyzer connect to the mirroring port Last it is more convenient and easy to configure in user s interface Go to LAN page and select VLAN The following page will appear Click Enable to invoke LAN Port Mirror VLAN function LAN gt VLAN Configuration Lan Port Mirror Monitor Port P1 Enable Note After enable monitar port 1 LAN to WAN throughput will drop a lot Suggest not to use in gt 45Mbps line 2 Can t monitor LAN to LaAN packet 3 Monitor packet MAC address will be changed VLAN Configuration MeEnable P1 P2 P3 P4 VLANO d d d VLAN1 E O d VLAN C d d VLAN3 O O d To add or remove a VLAN please refer to the followin
338. y other device you have to set this function for your necessity MAT Traversal Support None Disable this function Stun Choose this option if there is Stun server provided for your router Manual Choose this option if you want to specify an external IP address as the NAT transversal support Nortel If the soft switch that you use supports Nortel solution you can choose this option ri Dray Tek Ring Port Set Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 SO or ISDN TE as the default ring port for this SIP account If you choose Phonel Phone2 or ISDN1 SO the ISDN2 TE selection will be dimmed vice versa There are ten internal lines with numbers 30 39 offered for ISDN SO You can specify one of them or choose Any as ring port for specified SIP account By the way ISDN SO can be used by mapping with MSN numbers Ring Pattern Choose a ring tone type for the VoIP phone call Ring Pattern 3 11 3 Phone Settings This page allows user to set phone settings for Phonel Phone2 ISDN1 SO and ISDN2 TE SO respectively VoIP gt gt Phone Settings Phone List Call Gain Default SIP DTIF mae nore Feature conet hone Mic Speaker Account Relay Iser 1 Phonel G 7294 6 nena 5 5 InBand Iser Fd Phone G 7294 6 jeaned 575 InBand ser 3 ISDN1 S0 G 7294 6 menaced G75 InBand 4 ISDN2 TE gaga veer 5 5 InBand Defined RTF C Symmetric RTP Dynamic RTP Port Start 10050 Dynamic RTP Port End 15000 ETP TOS IP precedence 5 ioio
339. yer Unlike legacy static packet filtering which examines a packet based on the information in its header stateful inspection builds up a state machine to track each connection traversing all interfaces of the firewall and makes sure they are valid The stateful firewall of Vigor router not just examine the header information also monitor the state of the connection Denial of Service DoS Defense The DoS Defense functionality helps you to detect and mitigate the DoS attack The attacks are usually categorized into two types the flooding type attacks and the vulnerability attacks The flooding type attacks will attempt to exhaust all your system s resource while the vulnerability attacks will try to paralyze the system by offending the vulnerabilities of the protocol or operation system The DoS Defense function enables the Vigor router to inspect every incoming packet based on the attack signature database Any malicious packet that might duplicate itself to paralyze the host in the secure LAN will be strictly blocked and a Syslog message will be sent as warning if you set up Syslog server Also the Vigor router monitors the traffic Any abnormal traffic flow violating the pre defined parameter such as the number of thresholds is identified as an attack and the Vigor router will activate its defense mechanism to mitigate in a real time manner The below shows the attack types that DoS DDoS defense function can detect 1 SYN flood attack 9
340. you accept the Agreement and click Accept Create an account Please enter personal profile Esrersonal Information E Preterences completion igor2930 Series User s Guide Draytek provides My igor myvigor draytek com service according to this agreement When you use Myigor service it means that you have read understand and agree to accept the items listed in this agreement Draytek can modify or change the content of the items without any reasons tt is suggested for you to notice the medications or changes at any time If you still use My Vvigor service after knowing the modifications and changes of this service t means you have read understand and agree to accept the modifications and changes If you do not agree the content of this agreement please stop using MyVigor service 2 Registration To use this service you have to agree the following conditions a Provide your complete and correct information according to the registration steps of this service be DUL BOT Lae AL UCOLLCEL G ake information here Dra mmi DS PATI AG PAUSE OLLE ETT Wale Mi have read and understand the above Agreement Use the scroll barto view the entire agreement 211 _ gt v Dray Tek 5 Type your personal information in this page and then click Continue Create an account Please enter personal profile Fiekis marked by are required Account Information GaAareement UserName Mary 3 20 charact
341. you choose Ping Detect as detection mode you have to type IP address in this field for pinging TTL Time to Live Displays value for your reference TTL value is set by telnet command Mean maximum transmission unit of one packet The default value is 1442 PPP Authentication Select PAP only or PAP or CHAP for PPP Idle Timeout Set the timeout for breaking down the Internet after passing through the time without any action This setting is active only when the Active on demand option for Active Mode is selected in WAN gt gt General Setup page Usually ISP dynamically assigns IP address to you each time you connect to it and request In some case your ISP provides service to always assign you the same IP address whenever you request In this case you can fill in this IP address in the Fixed IP field Please contact your ISP before you want to use this function WAN IP Alias If you have multiple public IP addresses and would like to utilize them on the WAN interface please use WAN IP Alias You can set up to 8 public IP addresses other than the current one you are using Notice that this setting is available for WANI only S WAN IP Alias Microsoft Internet Explorer Seles WAN IP Alias Multi NAT Index Enable Aux WAN IP Join NAT IP Pool 172 16 3 229 Y Fixed IP Click Yes to use this function and type in a fixed IP address in the box of Fixed IP Address Default MAC Address You can use Default MAC Ad
342. ys the profile configured in LAN to LAN with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by General Mode does not support VPN Dray Te k 156 Vigor2930 Series User s Guide backup function Refresh Seconds Alfa 192 168 0 26 Dial Alfa 192 468 ae AT AA Bentley 192 168 0 27 4 Backup Mode Load Balance Made Audi 192 168 0 28 Dial BMW 192 168 0 29 n Status Buick 192 168 0 30 Cadillac 192 168 0 31 1 Page No Chrysler 192 168 0 32 age No jape Remote Citroen 192 168 0 33 Rx Rx Daihatsu 192 168 0 34 Pkts Rate Ferrari 192 168 0 35 Data is er Fiat 192 168 0 36 Data isn t Backup Mode This filed displays the profile name saved in VPN TRUNK Management with Index number and VPN Server IP address The VPN connection built by Backup Mode supports VPN backup function General Mode Alfa 192 168 0 26 Dial Gackup Mode VpnBackup 192 168 2 103 Load Balance Mode VpnBackup 192 168 2 103 VpnBackup 192 168 2 203 Dial Click this button to execute dial out function Refresh Seconds Choose the time for refresh the dial information among 5 10 and 30 Refresh Click this button to refresh the whole connection status igor2930 Series User s Guide 157 Dr ay Te k 3 10 Certificate Management A digital certificate works as an electronic ID which is issued by a certification authority CA It contains information such as you

Draytek Vigor2930n

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents